Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

is the older term for

  • 1 λέξις

    A speech, opp. ᾠδή, Pl.Lg. 816d; λ. ἢ πρᾶξις speech or action, Id.R. 396c; ὁ τρόπος τῆς λ. ib. 400d; τὰ λέξει δηλούμενα orders given by word of mouth, Arr.Tact.27.2.
    2 diction, style, ἡ ἐνθάδε λ. the style used here (in courts of justice), Pl.Ap. 17d; Μούσης λ. poetical diction, Id.Lg. 795e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1410b28, Po. 1450b13, etc.; περὶ Λέξεως, title of work by Ephorus, Theon Prog. 2.
    II a single word or phrase, Arist.Rh. 1406b1, Epicur.Nat.28p.4V., al. (pl.), D.T. 633.31, Plb.2.22.1, etc.; even a meaningless word, such as βλίτυρι, Diog.Stoic.3.213;

    ταῖς λ. κέχρηται ταῖς αὐταῖς Plb.6.46.10

    ; αὐταῖς λέξεσι or κατὰ λέξιν word for word, D.H.Pomp.2, Plu.2.869d, Ath.11.493d, D.L.2.113; later

    ἐπὶ λέξεως PLond.5.1713.14

     (vi A.D.), Vit.Arist.p.438 Rose, etc.; collectively, κρατῶ καὶ τῆς λ. the very words, Ath.7.275b, cf. Epicur.Nat.28p.15V., Gal.12.403.
    2

    κατὰ λέξιν

     as the phrase goes,

    AP11.140

     (Lucill.); παρὰ λέξιν incorrectly, Cic.Att.16.4.1.
    4 text of an author, opp. exegesis, Asp. in EN122.27, Arr.Epict.3.21.7, Dam.Pr. 165, 169.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λέξις

  • 2 commorientes

    Fin
    the legal term for two or more people who die at the same time. For the purposes of inheritance law, in the event of two dying at the same time, it is assumed that the older person died first.

    The ultimate business dictionary > commorientes

  • 3 koro

    father (seems to be an older word than matu'a tamâroa).
    feast, festival; this is the generic term for feasts featuring songs and banquetting; koro hakaopo, feast where men and women danced.
    when (also: ana koro); ana koro oho au ki Anakena. when I go to Anakena; in case. koro haga e îa, in case he wants it.

    Rapanui-English dictionary > koro

  • 4 día

    m.
    day, twenty-four hours, twenty-four-hour period.
    * * *
    1 day
    ■ ¿qué día es hoy? what day is it today?, what's the date today?
    2 (con luz) daylight, daytime
    3 (tiempo) day, weather
    1 (vida) days
    \
    a la luz del día in daylight
    a los pocos días a few days later
    al despuntar el día at dawn, at daybreak
    al día siguiente / al otro día the following day
    ¡buenos días! good morning!
    cada día / todos los días each day, every day
    dar los buenos días to say good morning
    de día during the day
    de un día para otro from one day to the next, overnight
    del día fresh
    día a día day by day
    el día menos pensado figurado when you least expect it
    estar al día figurado to be up to date
    hacer buen/mal día to be a nice/horrible day
    hasta el fin de sus días to the end of his days
    poner al día to bring up to date
    ser de día to be daylight
    ■ si algún día lo ves... if you ever see him...
    un buen día figurado one fine day
    un día sí y otro no every other day
    vivir al día figurado to live from hand to mouth, not to save a penny
    día de año nuevo New Year's Day
    día de fiesta / día festivo holiday, bank holiday
    día de paga payday
    día lectivo teaching day
    día libre day off
    días alternos every other day sing
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) day
    •
    - día festivo
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=período de 24 horas) day

    a los pocos días — within o after a few days, a few days later

    • día a día — day in day out, day by day

    • siete veces al día — seven times a day

    • ese problema es ya de días — that's an old problem

    • de día en día — from day to day

    • día (de) por medio — LAm every other day, on alternate days

    • ocho días — a week

    • quince días — a fortnight

    • un día sí y otro no — every other day

    • día tras día — day after day

    día azul — (Ferro) cheap ticket day

    día de diario, día de entresemana — weekday

    día de fiesta — holiday, public holiday

    Día de la Raza — = Día de la Hispanidad

    día del espectador — day each week when cinema tickets are discounted

    estaremos aquí hasta el día del Juicio — iró we'll be here till Kingdom come

    Día de los Difuntos — All Souls' Day, Day of the Dead

    día de los inocentes — ≈ April Fools' Day ( 1 April)

    Día de (los) Muertos — Méx All Souls' Day, Day of the Dead

    día de tribunales — day on which courts are open

    día feriado, día festivo — holiday, public holiday

    día franco — (Mil) day's leave

    día malo, día nulo — off day

    días de gracia — (Com) days of grace

    día señalado — [gen] special day; [en calendario] red-letter day

    día útil — working day, weekday

    See:
    ver nota culturelle DÍA DE LOS (SANTOS) INOCENTES in inocente,
    ver nota culturelle DÍA DE REYES in rey
    2) (=no noche) daytime

    hace buen día — the weather's good today, it's a fine day

    • ¡ buenos días!, ¡ buen día! — Cono Sur good morning!

    • de día — by day, during the day

    duerme de día y trabaja de noche — he sleeps by day and works by night, he sleeps during the day and works at night

    • día y noche — night and day

    3) (=fecha) date

    ¿qué día es hoy? — [del mes] what's the date today?; [de la semana] what day is it today?

    iré pronto, pero no puedo precisar el día — I'll be going soon, but I can't give an exact date

    hoy, día cinco de agosto — today, fifth August

    día lunes/martes etc — LAm Monday/Tuesday etc

    • el día de hoy — today

    • el día de mañana — (lit) tomorrow; (fig) at some future date

    4) (=momento sin precisar)

    en los días de la reina Victoria — in Queen Victoria's day, in Queen Victoria's times

    • cualquier día (de estos) — one of these days

    ¡cualquier día! — iró not on your life!

    cualquier día viene — iró we'll be waiting till the cows come home for him to turn up

    ¡cualquier día te voy a comprar una casa! — if you think I'm going to buy you a house you've got another think coming!

    • en nuestros días — nowadays

    la prensa de nuestros días — today's press, the press these days

    • otro día — some other day, another day

    ¡hasta otro día! — so long!

    - ¡tal día hará un año!
    5) (=actualidad)

    • del día — [estilo] fashionable, up-to-date

    (=fresco)

    • estar al día — (=actualizado) to be up to date; (=de moda) to be with it

    quien quiera estar al día en esta especialidad, que lea... — anyone who wishes to keep up to date with this area of study, should read...

    • poner al día — [+ texto, contabilidad] to bring up to date; [+ base de datos] to update; [+ diario] to write up

    • ponerse al día (en algo) — to get up to date (with sth)

    • vivir al día — to live from one day to the next

    * * *
    1)

    el día anterior — the day before, the previous day

    el día siguiente — the next o the following day

    el día de ayer/hoy — (frml) yesterday/today

    una vez/dos veces al día — once/twice a day

    un día sí y otro no — every other day, on alternate days

    día (de) por medio — (AmL) every other day, on alternate days

    dentro de quince días — in two weeks o (BrE) a fortnight

    buenos días or (RPl) buen día — good morning

    al día: estoy al día en los pagos I'm up to date with the payments; ponerse al día con algo <noticias/trabajo> to get up to date on/with something; ponga al día su correspondencia bring your correspondence up to date; de un día para otro overnight, from one day to the next; día y noche day and night, continually; hoy en día nowadays, these days; mantenerse al día to keep abreast of things, keep up to date; todo el santo día all day long; se pasa todo el santo día en el teléfono he's on the phone all day long; vivir al día — to live from hand to mouth

    b) ( jornada) day

    trabajan cuatro días a la semana — they work four days a week, they work a four-day week

    c) ( fecha)

    ¿qué día es hoy? — what day is it today?

    hasta el día 5 de junio — until June fifth, until the fifth of June

    2) ( horas de luz) day

    al caer el día — at dusk, at twilight

    de día claro — (Chi) in broad daylight

    hasta otro día! — so long!, see you!

    en su día: se lo contaré en su día I'll tell him in due course; dio lugar a un gran escándalo en su día it caused a huge scandal in its day o time; un buen día — one fine day

    4) días masculino plural (vida, tiempo) days (pl)

    tiene los días contados — his days are numbered, he won't last long

    estar en sus días — (Méx fam) to have one's period

    hace un día nublado/caluroso — it's cloudy/hot

    •• Cultural note:
    &rarrow; Día de la Raza
    In Latin America, the anniversary of Columbus's discovery of America, October 12. In Spain it is known as día de la Hispanidad. It symbolizes the cultural ties shared by Spanish-speaking countries
    On December 28 people in the Spanish-speaking world celebrate the Feast of the Holy Innocents, a religious festival commemorating the New Testament story of the massacre of the ‘Innocents’, by playing practical jokes, or inocentadas, on one another. The classic inocentada is to hang paper dolls on someone's back without their knowing. Spoof news stories also appear in newspapers and the media
    In Latin America and Spain, Labor Day is celebrated on May Day. In many Latin American countries, where workers still suffer greatly from low wages and bad working conditions, May Day celebrations often have strong overtones of protest
    Celebrated on November 1, is a day on when people place flowers on the graves of loved ones. In Mexico it is common to hold a party by the grave. A feast is prepared, in which the dead person is symbolically included
    * * *
    = date, day.
    Ex. This access is achieved by organising the tools so that a user may search under a specific access point or heading or index term, for example, subject term, author, name, title, date.
    Ex. Most host are not available twenty-four hours a day, seven days of the week.
    ----
    * 24 horas al día = around the clock.
    * 365 días al año = year-round.
    * acabar + Posesivo + días en = end up + Posesivo + days in.
    * a cualquier hora del día o de la noche = at any hour of the day or night, at any time of the day or night.
    * a día de hoy = as of today.
    * a la luz del día = in the light of day.
    * al despuntar el día = at the crack of dawn.
    * al día = in step, paid-up, in good standing.
    * al día de = in step with.
    * al día de hoy = as of today.
    * al día siguiente = the next day.
    * alegrarle el día a Alguien = brighten up + Posesivo + day, make + Posesivo + day.
    * al final del día = at the close of the day.
    * algún día = one day.
    * al romper el día = at the crack of dawn.
    * a medida que + avanzar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medida que + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medida que + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a plena luz del día = in broad daylight.
    * a un día de distancia de = one day away from.
    * barba de tres días = stubble beard, stubble.
    * barba de tres días de moda = designer stubble.
    * billete para otro día = rain cheque [rain check, -USA].
    * buenos días = good morning.
    * cada día = every day.
    * cada día que pasa = each passing day.
    * cada dos días = every other day.
    * centro de día = day care centre, day centre.
    * centro de día para mayores = day centre for the elderly.
    * como el día y la noche = worlds apart, like oil and water, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * como la noche y el día = like oil and water, worlds apart, like apples and oranges.
    * conforme + avanzar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * conforme + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * conforme + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].
    * de cinco días de duración = five-day.
    * de cuatro días de duración = four-day.
    * de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.
    * de día a día = from day to day.
    * de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.
    * de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].
    * de hoy día = of today.
    * de hoy en día = of today.
    * dejar Algo para otro día = take + a rain cheque.
    * del día o de la noche = day or night.
    * de medio día de duración = half-day [half day].
    * de + Número + días de duración = Número + day-long.
    * de puesta al día = top-up.
    * desde el primer día = from day one.
    * desde ese día = since that day.
    * desde + Expresión Temporal + hasta hoy día = from + Expresión Temporal + up to the present day.
    * de una día de duración = one-day.
    * de un día de duración = day-long, full-day.
    * día abrasador = scorcher.
    * día aburrido = dull day.
    * día a día = day by day.
    * día a día de, el = day-to-day running of, the.
    * día a día, el = daily situation.
    * día caluroso = scorcher.
    * día corriente = ordinary day.
    * Día de Acción de Gracias = Thanksgiving.
    * día de compras = shopping trip.
    * día de descanso = holiday.
    * día de entre semana = weekday.
    * día de fiesta = holiday, public holiday.
    * día de la apertura = opening day.
    * día de la boda = wedding day.
    * día de la inauguración = opening day.
    * día de la madre, el = Mother's Day, Mothering Sunday.
    * día de las elecciones = election day.
    * Día de la Tierra = Earth Day.
    * día de la votación = election day.
    * día del deporte = sports day.
    * día del Juicio Final = doomsday, Judgement Day.
    * día de lluvia = rainy day.
    * Día de los Caídos = Memorial Day.
    * día de los enamorados, el = St. Valentine's Day.
    * día de los Reyes Magos, el = Epiphany, the.
    * Día de los (Santos) Inocentes, el = April Fools' Day.
    * día de los trabajadores = Labour Day.
    * día del padre, el = Father's Day.
    * día del trabajo = Labour Day.
    * día de mucho calor = scorcher.
    * día de Navidad = Christmas Day.
    * día de perros = bad hair day.
    * día de San Valentín, el = St. Valentine's Day.
    * día de sol = sunny day.
    * Día de Todos los Santos = All Saints' Day.
    * día de trabajo = working day.
    * día de un santo = saint's day.
    * día de verano = summer day.
    * día escolar = school day.
    * día especial = red-letter day.
    * día + estar por llegar = day + be + yet to come.
    * día festivo = holiday, public holiday, bank holiday.
    * día funesto = bad hair day.
    * día hábil = business day, workday, weekday, working day.
    * día internacional de los trabajadores = Labour Day.
    * día internacional del trabajo = Labour Day.
    * día laborable = workday, business day, weekday, working day.
    * día libre = day off.
    * día libre por trabajo extra = compensatory day off.
    * día lluvioso = rainy day.
    * día malo = bad hair day.
    * día memorable = red-letter day.
    * día normal = ordinary day.
    * día que pasa = passing day.
    * día + romper = day + break.
    * día señalado = red-letter day.
    * día soleado = sunny day.
    * días universitarios = school days.
    * día tras día = day after day, day in and day out, day by day.
    * día veraniego = summer day.
    * día y noche = round the clock, day and night, night and day, around the clock.
    * durante días = for days.
    * durante días y días = for days on end.
    * durante el día = by day, by day, daytime [day-time], in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.
    * durante todo el día = all day long.
    * echar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * echársele a Uno el día encima = make + hay while the sun shines.
    * el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.
    * en días alternos = every other day.
    * en el día a día = in the day to day, in the trenches.
    * en el orden del día = on the agenda.
    * en estos días = today, these days.
    * en los próximos días = in the next few days, over the next few days.
    * en los últimos días = in recent days.
    * en pleno día = in broad daylight.
    * en su día = in its day.
    * entrada para otro día = rain cheque [rain check, -USA].
    * estar a la orden del día = be the order of the day.
    * estar al día = monitor + developments, stay on top of + the game, stay on top of, stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estos días = these days.
    * excursión de un día de duración = day trip.
    * excursionista de día = day hiker.
    * excursionista de un día = day-tripper.
    * exponer a la luz del día = expose to + daylight.
    * flor de un día = flash in the pan.
    * ganarse el pan de cada día = get + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread and butter.
    * hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * hace unos cuantos días = a few days ago.
    * hace unos días = a few days ago.
    * hace unos pocos días = a few days ago.
    * hospital de día = day hospital.
    * hoy día = nowadays, present day, the, today, in this day and age.
    * hoy en día = in this day and age, at the present time.
    * inscripción por un día = day registration.
    * la pesca del día = the day's catch, the catch of the day.
    * leche del día = fresh milk.
    * los 365 días del año = year-round.
    * los días antes de = leading up to.
    * luz del día = daylight.
    * mal día = bad hair day.
    * mantenerse al día = keep up to + date (with), keep up with + the current scene, keep + current.
    * mantenerse al día de = keep + abreast of, keep + pace with, keep up with, stay + abreast of, keep + a finger on the pulse of, stay in + step with, keep in + step with, keep + step with.
    * mantenerse al día de las noticias = keep up with + the news.
    * mantenerse al día de los avances = track + developments.
    * más largo que un día sin pan = as long as (my/your) arm.
    * medio día = one-half day.
    * menú del día = table d'hote, set menu.
    * noche y día = day and night, night and day.
    * Número + al día = Número + a day.
    * orden del día = agenda.
    * pasar los días = spend + Posesivo + days.
    * permanentemente los siete días de la semana = 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
    * píldora del día después = morning-after pill.
    * poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.
    * poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.
    * ponerse al día de = catch up on.
    * ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.
    * ponerse al día en = catch up with.
    * por el día = daytime [day-time], during the daytime, in the daytime, during daytime.
    * por el día o por la noche = day or night.
    * por el día y por la noche = night and day.
    * por el día y por la noche = day and night.
    * puesta al día = catch-up [catchup], updatability, update [up-date].
    * puesta al día del personal = staff development.
    * punto del orden del día = agenda item.
    * seguir al día = remain on top of.
    * ser como el día y la noche = different as night and day.
    * servicio de atención de día = day care.
    * servicio de cuidado de día = day care.
    * sesión de puesta al día = briefing session.
    * sin afeitar desde hace varios días = stubbly [stubblier -comp., stubbliest -sup.].
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener un buen día = have + a good day.
    * tener un día muy largo = have + a long day.
    * tener un mal día = have + a bad day.
    * ticket para otro día = rain cheque [rain check, -USA].
    * todo el día = all day, all day long, around the clock.
    * todo el santo día = all day long.
    * todos los días = daily, on a daily basis, every day, day in and day out.
    * tomarse unos días de asuntos propios = take + time off, take + time out, take + time off work.
    * tomarse unos días de descanso = take + a break from work.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso = take + a leave of absence.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso en el trabajo = take + time off work.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso en el trabajo = take + time off, take + time out.
    * tomarse unos días de vacaciones = take + time off, take + time out, take + time off work.
    * trabajar de día y de noche = work + day and night.
    * trabajar día y noche = work + Reflexivo + to the ground, work + Reflexivo + to death, work (a)round + the clock.
    * trabajar las veinticuatro horas del día = work (a)round + the clock.
    * trabajar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * trabajar noche y día = work + day and night.
    * un día de descanso = a day away from.
    * un día fuera = a day out.
    * un día haciendo algo diferente = a day away from.
    * un día normal = on a typical day.
    * un día sí y otro no = every other day.
    * un día sí y otro también = day in and day out.
    * un día tras otro = day after day.
    * un día y medio = one and a half days.
    * unos días más tarde = a few days later.
    * veinticuatro horas al día, siete días a la semana, 365 días al año = 24/7, 24/7/365.
    * ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.
    * visitante turístico de un día = day-tripper.
    * visita turística de una día de duración = day trip.
    * volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.
    * * *
    1)

    el día anterior — the day before, the previous day

    el día siguiente — the next o the following day

    el día de ayer/hoy — (frml) yesterday/today

    una vez/dos veces al día — once/twice a day

    un día sí y otro no — every other day, on alternate days

    día (de) por medio — (AmL) every other day, on alternate days

    dentro de quince días — in two weeks o (BrE) a fortnight

    buenos días or (RPl) buen día — good morning

    al día: estoy al día en los pagos I'm up to date with the payments; ponerse al día con algo <noticias/trabajo> to get up to date on/with something; ponga al día su correspondencia bring your correspondence up to date; de un día para otro overnight, from one day to the next; día y noche day and night, continually; hoy en día nowadays, these days; mantenerse al día to keep abreast of things, keep up to date; todo el santo día all day long; se pasa todo el santo día en el teléfono he's on the phone all day long; vivir al día — to live from hand to mouth

    b) ( jornada) day

    trabajan cuatro días a la semana — they work four days a week, they work a four-day week

    c) ( fecha)

    ¿qué día es hoy? — what day is it today?

    hasta el día 5 de junio — until June fifth, until the fifth of June

    2) ( horas de luz) day

    al caer el día — at dusk, at twilight

    de día claro — (Chi) in broad daylight

    hasta otro día! — so long!, see you!

    en su día: se lo contaré en su día I'll tell him in due course; dio lugar a un gran escándalo en su día it caused a huge scandal in its day o time; un buen día — one fine day

    4) días masculino plural (vida, tiempo) days (pl)

    tiene los días contados — his days are numbered, he won't last long

    estar en sus días — (Méx fam) to have one's period

    hace un día nublado/caluroso — it's cloudy/hot

    •• Cultural note:
    &rarrow; Día de la Raza
    In Latin America, the anniversary of Columbus's discovery of America, October 12. In Spain it is known as día de la Hispanidad. It symbolizes the cultural ties shared by Spanish-speaking countries
    On December 28 people in the Spanish-speaking world celebrate the Feast of the Holy Innocents, a religious festival commemorating the New Testament story of the massacre of the ‘Innocents’, by playing practical jokes, or inocentadas, on one another. The classic inocentada is to hang paper dolls on someone's back without their knowing. Spoof news stories also appear in newspapers and the media
    In Latin America and Spain, Labor Day is celebrated on May Day. In many Latin American countries, where workers still suffer greatly from low wages and bad working conditions, May Day celebrations often have strong overtones of protest
    Celebrated on November 1, is a day on when people place flowers on the graves of loved ones. In Mexico it is common to hold a party by the grave. A feast is prepared, in which the dead person is symbolically included
    * * *
    = date, day.

    Ex: This access is achieved by organising the tools so that a user may search under a specific access point or heading or index term, for example, subject term, author, name, title, date.

    Ex: Most host are not available twenty-four hours a day, seven days of the week.
    * 24 horas al día = around the clock.
    * 365 días al año = year-round.
    * acabar + Posesivo + días en = end up + Posesivo + days in.
    * a cualquier hora del día o de la noche = at any hour of the day or night, at any time of the day or night.
    * a día de hoy = as of today.
    * a la luz del día = in the light of day.
    * al despuntar el día = at the crack of dawn.
    * al día = in step, paid-up, in good standing.
    * al día de = in step with.
    * al día de hoy = as of today.
    * al día siguiente = the next day.
    * alegrarle el día a Alguien = brighten up + Posesivo + day, make + Posesivo + day.
    * al final del día = at the close of the day.
    * algún día = one day.
    * al romper el día = at the crack of dawn.
    * a medida que + avanzar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medida que + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medida que + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a plena luz del día = in broad daylight.
    * a un día de distancia de = one day away from.
    * barba de tres días = stubble beard, stubble.
    * barba de tres días de moda = designer stubble.
    * billete para otro día = rain cheque [rain check, -USA].
    * buenos días = good morning.
    * cada día = every day.
    * cada día que pasa = each passing day.
    * cada dos días = every other day.
    * centro de día = day care centre, day centre.
    * centro de día para mayores = day centre for the elderly.
    * como el día y la noche = worlds apart, like oil and water, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * como la noche y el día = like oil and water, worlds apart, like apples and oranges.
    * conforme + avanzar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * conforme + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * conforme + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].
    * de cinco días de duración = five-day.
    * de cuatro días de duración = four-day.
    * de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.
    * de día a día = from day to day.
    * de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.
    * de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].
    * de hoy día = of today.
    * de hoy en día = of today.
    * dejar Algo para otro día = take + a rain cheque.
    * del día o de la noche = day or night.
    * de medio día de duración = half-day [half day].
    * de + Número + días de duración = Número + day-long.
    * de puesta al día = top-up.
    * desde el primer día = from day one.
    * desde ese día = since that day.
    * desde + Expresión Temporal + hasta hoy día = from + Expresión Temporal + up to the present day.
    * de una día de duración = one-day.
    * de un día de duración = day-long, full-day.
    * día abrasador = scorcher.
    * día aburrido = dull day.
    * día a día = day by day.
    * día a día de, el = day-to-day running of, the.
    * día a día, el = daily situation.
    * día caluroso = scorcher.
    * día corriente = ordinary day.
    * Día de Acción de Gracias = Thanksgiving.
    * día de compras = shopping trip.
    * día de descanso = holiday.
    * día de entre semana = weekday.
    * día de fiesta = holiday, public holiday.
    * día de la apertura = opening day.
    * día de la boda = wedding day.
    * día de la inauguración = opening day.
    * día de la madre, el = Mother's Day, Mothering Sunday.
    * día de las elecciones = election day.
    * Día de la Tierra = Earth Day.
    * día de la votación = election day.
    * día del deporte = sports day.
    * día del Juicio Final = doomsday, Judgement Day.
    * día de lluvia = rainy day.
    * Día de los Caídos = Memorial Day.
    * día de los enamorados, el = St. Valentine's Day.
    * día de los Reyes Magos, el = Epiphany, the.
    * Día de los (Santos) Inocentes, el = April Fools' Day.
    * día de los trabajadores = Labour Day.
    * día del padre, el = Father's Day.
    * día del trabajo = Labour Day.
    * día de mucho calor = scorcher.
    * día de Navidad = Christmas Day.
    * día de perros = bad hair day.
    * día de San Valentín, el = St. Valentine's Day.
    * día de sol = sunny day.
    * Día de Todos los Santos = All Saints' Day.
    * día de trabajo = working day.
    * día de un santo = saint's day.
    * día de verano = summer day.
    * día escolar = school day.
    * día especial = red-letter day.
    * día + estar por llegar = day + be + yet to come.
    * día festivo = holiday, public holiday, bank holiday.
    * día funesto = bad hair day.
    * día hábil = business day, workday, weekday, working day.
    * día internacional de los trabajadores = Labour Day.
    * día internacional del trabajo = Labour Day.
    * día laborable = workday, business day, weekday, working day.
    * día libre = day off.
    * día libre por trabajo extra = compensatory day off.
    * día lluvioso = rainy day.
    * día malo = bad hair day.
    * día memorable = red-letter day.
    * día normal = ordinary day.
    * día que pasa = passing day.
    * día + romper = day + break.
    * día señalado = red-letter day.
    * día soleado = sunny day.
    * días universitarios = school days.
    * día tras día = day after day, day in and day out, day by day.
    * día veraniego = summer day.
    * día y noche = round the clock, day and night, night and day, around the clock.
    * durante días = for days.
    * durante días y días = for days on end.
    * durante el día = by day, by day, daytime [day-time], in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.
    * durante todo el día = all day long.
    * echar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * echársele a Uno el día encima = make + hay while the sun shines.
    * el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.
    * en días alternos = every other day.
    * en el día a día = in the day to day, in the trenches.
    * en el orden del día = on the agenda.
    * en estos días = today, these days.
    * en los próximos días = in the next few days, over the next few days.
    * en los últimos días = in recent days.
    * en pleno día = in broad daylight.
    * en su día = in its day.
    * entrada para otro día = rain cheque [rain check, -USA].
    * estar a la orden del día = be the order of the day.
    * estar al día = monitor + developments, stay on top of + the game, stay on top of, stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estos días = these days.
    * excursión de un día de duración = day trip.
    * excursionista de día = day hiker.
    * excursionista de un día = day-tripper.
    * exponer a la luz del día = expose to + daylight.
    * flor de un día = flash in the pan.
    * ganarse el pan de cada día = get + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread and butter.
    * hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * hace unos cuantos días = a few days ago.
    * hace unos días = a few days ago.
    * hace unos pocos días = a few days ago.
    * hospital de día = day hospital.
    * hoy día = nowadays, present day, the, today, in this day and age.
    * hoy en día = in this day and age, at the present time.
    * inscripción por un día = day registration.
    * la pesca del día = the day's catch, the catch of the day.
    * leche del día = fresh milk.
    * los 365 días del año = year-round.
    * los días antes de = leading up to.
    * luz del día = daylight.
    * mal día = bad hair day.
    * mantenerse al día = keep up to + date (with), keep up with + the current scene, keep + current.
    * mantenerse al día de = keep + abreast of, keep + pace with, keep up with, stay + abreast of, keep + a finger on the pulse of, stay in + step with, keep in + step with, keep + step with.
    * mantenerse al día de las noticias = keep up with + the news.
    * mantenerse al día de los avances = track + developments.
    * más largo que un día sin pan = as long as (my/your) arm.
    * medio día = one-half day.
    * menú del día = table d'hote, set menu.
    * noche y día = day and night, night and day.
    * Número + al día = Número + a day.
    * orden del día = agenda.
    * pasar los días = spend + Posesivo + days.
    * permanentemente los siete días de la semana = 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
    * píldora del día después = morning-after pill.
    * poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.
    * poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.
    * ponerse al día de = catch up on.
    * ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.
    * ponerse al día en = catch up with.
    * por el día = daytime [day-time], during the daytime, in the daytime, during daytime.
    * por el día o por la noche = day or night.
    * por el día y por la noche = night and day.
    * por el día y por la noche = day and night.
    * puesta al día = catch-up [catchup], updatability, update [up-date].
    * puesta al día del personal = staff development.
    * punto del orden del día = agenda item.
    * seguir al día = remain on top of.
    * ser como el día y la noche = different as night and day.
    * servicio de atención de día = day care.
    * servicio de cuidado de día = day care.
    * sesión de puesta al día = briefing session.
    * sin afeitar desde hace varios días = stubbly [stubblier -comp., stubbliest -sup.].
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener un buen día = have + a good day.
    * tener un día muy largo = have + a long day.
    * tener un mal día = have + a bad day.
    * ticket para otro día = rain cheque [rain check, -USA].
    * todo el día = all day, all day long, around the clock.
    * todo el santo día = all day long.
    * todos los días = daily, on a daily basis, every day, day in and day out.
    * tomarse unos días de asuntos propios = take + time off, take + time out, take + time off work.
    * tomarse unos días de descanso = take + a break from work.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso = take + a leave of absence.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso en el trabajo = take + time off work.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso en el trabajo = take + time off, take + time out.
    * tomarse unos días de vacaciones = take + time off, take + time out, take + time off work.
    * trabajar de día y de noche = work + day and night.
    * trabajar día y noche = work + Reflexivo + to the ground, work + Reflexivo + to death, work (a)round + the clock.
    * trabajar las veinticuatro horas del día = work (a)round + the clock.
    * trabajar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * trabajar noche y día = work + day and night.
    * un día de descanso = a day away from.
    * un día fuera = a day out.
    * un día haciendo algo diferente = a day away from.
    * un día normal = on a typical day.
    * un día sí y otro no = every other day.
    * un día sí y otro también = day in and day out.
    * un día tras otro = day after day.
    * un día y medio = one and a half days.
    * unos días más tarde = a few days later.
    * veinticuatro horas al día, siete días a la semana, 365 días al año = 24/7, 24/7/365.
    * ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.
    * visitante turístico de un día = day-tripper.
    * visita turística de una día de duración = day trip.
    * volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.

    * * *
    A
    ¿qué día es hoy? what day is it today?
    todos los días every day
    no es algo que pase todos los días it's not something that happens every day, it's not an everyday occurrence
    el día anterior the day before, the previous day
    el día siguiente era domingo the next o the following day was Sunday
    al día siguiente or al otro día volvió a suceder it happened again the following o the next day
    el día de ayer/hoy ( frml); yesterday/today
    una vez/dos veces al día once/twice a day
    trabaja doce horas por día she works twelve hours a day, she works a twelve-hour day
    un día sí y otro no every other day, on alternate days
    día (de) por medio ( AmL); every other day, on alternate days
    dentro de quince días in two weeks o ( BrE) a fortnight
    el otro día la vi I saw her the other day
    está cada día más delgado he gets thinner every day o with every day that passes
    viene cada día a quejarse he comes here every day to complain
    la lucha de cada día the daily struggle
    buenos días or ( RPl) buen día good morning
    día a día lo veía envejecer day by day she saw him getting older
    le entregaba día a día una cantidad determinada he gave her a certain amount of money every day o daily o on a daily basis
    día tras día day after day
    al día: ¿tienes el trabajo al día? is your work all up to date?
    estoy al día en los pagos I'm up to date with the payments
    está siempre al día con las noticias he's always well up on the news
    ponga al día su correspondencia bring your correspondence up to date
    ponerse al día con algo (con las noticias) to get up to date with sth; (con el trabajo) to catch up on sth
    el día a día the daily round o routine
    (de) tal día hará un año see if I/we care
    de un día para otro overnight, from one day to the next
    día y noche day and night, continually
    hoy en día nowadays, these days
    mantenerse al día to keep abreast of things, keep up to date
    todo el santo día all day long
    se pasa todo el santo día hablando por teléfono he's on the phone all day long, he spends the whole day on the phone
    2 (jornada) day
    trabajan cuatro días a la semana they work four days a week, they work a four-day week
    un día laborable de 8 horas an eight-hour working day
    (fecha): la reunión que tuvo lugar el día 17 the meeting which took place on the 17th
    empieza el día dos it starts on the second
    hasta el día 5 de junio until June fifth, until the fifth of June
    pan del día fresh bread, bread baked today
    vivir al día to live from hand to mouth
    orden2 (↑ orden (2)), menú
    Compuestos:
    day of reckoning
    el día de Año Nuevo New Year's Day
    day off
    weekday
    (de pedido) delivery date; (de trabajo, tarea) deadline; (de solicitudes) closing date
    el día de entrega de regalos es el 24 de diciembre the date for giving presents is December 24
    weekday
    day of atonement
    holiday
    ( Esp): el día de la Hispanidad Columbus Day; Día de la Raza (↑ día aa1)
    independence day
    Mother's Day
    ( AmL): el día de la raza Columbus Day
    el día del juicio final Judgment Day, the Day of Judgment
    (national) book day
    gay pride day
    el día del Señor the Lord's Day
    ● día del trabajo or de los trabajadores
    el día del trabajo or de los trabajadores Labor* day
    Día del Trabajo (↑ día aaaa1)
    ( Esp): el día de los difuntos All Souls' Day
    Día de todos los Santos or (in Spain) de los Difuntos or (in Latin America) de los Muertos (↑ día aaaaa1)
    (St) Valentine's Day
    December 28 ( day when people play practical jokes on each other), ≈ April Fool's Day Día de los (Santos) Inocentes (↑ día aaa1)
    ( AmL): el día de los muertos All Souls' Day
    Día de todos los Santos or (in Spain) de los Difuntos or (in Latin America) de los Muertos (↑ día aaaaa1)
    el día de San Valentín (St) Valentine's Day
    Día de todos los Santos or (in Spain) de los Difuntos or (in Latin America) de los Muertos (↑ día aaaaa1)
    (de carnet, licencia) expiration date ( AmE), expiry date ( BrE); (de intereses, letra, pago) due date; (de plazo) closing date
    ● día festivo or ( AmL tb) feriado
    public holiday
    working day
    working day
    school ( o college etc) day
    (sin trabajo) day off; (sin compromisos) free day
    sidereal day
    solar day
    calendar days
    duerme durante el día it sleeps during the day o daytime
    ya era de día it was already light o day
    al caer el día at dusk, at twilight
    nunca ve la luz del día he never sees the daylight
    en pleno día in broad daylight
    de día claro ( Chi); in broad daylight
    tienes que pasar por casa un día you must drop in sometime o some day o one day
    si un día te aburres y te quieres ir … if one day you get fed up and you want to leave …
    ya me lo agradecerás algún día you'll thank me for it one day
    el día que tengas hijos, sabrás lo que es when you have children of your own, you'll know just what it involves
    ¿cuándo será el día que te vea entusiasmada? when will I ever see you show some enthusiasm?
    si el plan se realiza algún día if the plan is ever put into effect, if the plan is one day put into effect
    lo haremos otro día we'll do it another o some other time
    un día de estos one of these days
    ¡hasta otro día! so long!, see you!
    ¡cualquier día! ( iró): podríamos invitarlos a cenar — ¡cualquier día! we could have them round for dinner — over my dead body!
    cualquier día vuelvo yo a prestarle el coche that's the last time I lend him the car, no way will I ever lend him the car again! ( colloq)
    quizás nos ofrece más dinero — ¡cualquier día! maybe he'll offer us more money — sure, and pigs might fly! ( iro)
    el día menos pensado when you least expect it
    en su día: compraremos las provisiones en su día we'll buy our supplies later on o in due course
    dio lugar a un gran escándalo en su día it caused a huge scandal in its day o time
    un buen día one fine day
    D días mpl (vida, tiempo) days (pl)
    tiene los días contados his days are numbered, he won't last long
    desde el siglo XVII hasta nuestros días from the 17th Century to the present day
    en días de tu bisabuelo back in your great-grandfather's day o time
    estar en sus días ( Méx fam); to have one's period
    hace un día nublado/caluroso it's a cloudy/hot day, it's cloudy/hot
    * * *

     

    día sustantivo masculino
    1


    día a día day by day;
    de or durante el día during the day;
    el día anterior the day before, the previous day;
    el día siguiente the next o the following day;
    trabaja doce horas por día she works twelve hours a day;
    un día sí y otro no or (AmL) día (de) por medio every other day, on alternate days;
    dentro de quince días in two weeks o (BrE) a fortnight;
    cada día every day;
    buenos días or (RPl) buen día good morning;
    al día: una vez al día once a day;
    estoy al día en los pagos I'm up to date with the payments;
    poner algo al día to bring sth up to date;
    ponerse al día con algo ( con noticias) to get up to date with sth;

    ( con trabajo) to catch up on sth;
    ◊ mantenerse al día to keep up to date;

    de un día para otro overnight;
    hoy en día nowadays, these days
    b) ( fecha):

    ◊ ¿qué día es hoy? what day is it today?;

    empieza el día dos it starts on the second;
    el día de Año Nuevo New Year's Day;
    día de los enamorados (St) Valentine's Day;
    día de los inocentes December 28, ≈ April Fool's Day;
    día de Reyes Epiphany;
    día festivo or (AmL) feriado public holiday;
    día laborable working day;
    día libre ( sin trabajo) day off;

    ( sin compromisos) free day
    2


    lo haremos otro día we'll do it some other time;
    un día de estos one of these days;
    ¡hasta otro día! so long!, see you!;
    el día menos pensado when you least expect it
    b)

    ◊ días sustantivo masculino plural (vida, tiempo) days (pl);

    tiene los días contados his days are numbered;
    hasta nuestros días (up) to the present day
    día sustantivo masculino day
    una vez al día, once a day
    (fecha) ¿qué día es hoy?, what's the date today?
    (estado del tiempo) hace buen/mal día, it's a nice/bad day o the weather is nice/bad today
    (periodo de luz diurna) daytime, daylight: duerme durante el día y trabaja por la noche, she sleeps during the daytime and works at night
    (momento, ocasión) el día que me toque la lotería, the day I win the lottery
    se lo diré otro día, I'll tell him some other day
    Día de la Madre, Mothers' Day
    día festivo, holiday
    día hábil/ laborable, working day
    día lectivo, school day
    día libre, free day, day off
    día natural, day
    ♦ Locuciones: al día, up to date
    día a día, day by day
    de día, by day, during daylight
    de un día para otro, overnight
    del día, fresh
    día y noche, twenty-four hours a day, constantly
    el día de mañana, in the future
    el otro día, the other day
    hoy (en) día, nowadays
    ' día' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - actual
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - anochecer
    - anterior
    - asueto
    - barriga
    - bastante
    - bocado
    - bregar
    - cada
    - caer
    - cascar
    - cháchara
    - comida
    - concebir
    - danza
    - de
    - dejar
    - descanso
    - desgraciada
    - desgraciado
    - después
    - despuntar
    - devenir
    - disgusto
    - dos
    - durante
    - encerrarse
    - encima
    - estar
    - fastidiarse
    - festiva
    - festivo
    - fiesta
    - fijar
    - flipar
    - flor
    - gay
    - golfa
    - golfo
    - gozosa
    - gozoso
    - hasta
    - histórica
    - histórico
    - hoy
    - infeliz
    - inocentada
    English:
    A
    - abreast
    - act up
    - adjourn
    - after
    - agenda
    - all
    - antisexist
    - any
    - April Fools' Day
    - aspire
    - average
    - bad
    - before
    - Boxing Day
    - bread
    - break
    - bright
    - brightness
    - by
    - carry over
    - catch up
    - Christmas Day
    - clear
    - clock
    - close
    - commute
    - coop up
    - crack
    - cranberry
    - cream
    - daily
    - date
    - dawn
    - day
    - day off
    - day shift
    - day trip
    - daylight
    - daytime
    - delightful
    - dinner
    - disastrous
    - do
    - doomsday
    - dream
    - entire
    - eruption
    - escape
    - event
    * * *
    día nm
    1. [periodo de tiempo] day;
    un día de campo a day out in the countryside;
    todos los días every day;
    tres veces al día three times a day;
    iremos unos días a la playa we're going to the seaside for a few days;
    el referéndum se celebrará el día 25 de abril the referendum will take place on 25 April;
    un día martes one Tuesday;
    me voy el día 8 I'm going on the 8th;
    me pagan el primer día de cada mes I get paid on the first of each month;
    ¿a qué día estamos? what day is it today?;
    al día siguiente (on) the following day;
    a los pocos días a few days later;
    al otro día the next day, the day after;
    el otro día the other day;
    un día sí y otro no every other day;
    Fam Hum Am
    día por medio every other day;
    algún día me lo agradecerás you'll thank me some day;
    tienes que venir por casa algún día you should come round some time o one day;
    ¡buenos días!, RP [m5]¡buen día! good morning!;
    un día me voy a enfadar one of these days I'm going to get angry;
    cualquier o [m5] un día de éstos one of these days;
    el día de mañana in the future;
    el día menos pensado… when you least expect it…;
    el día que se entere, nos mata when he finds out, he'll kill us;
    de día en día, día a día from day to day, day by day;
    se recuperó de un día a o [m5] para otro he recovered overnight o from one day to the next;
    día tras día, Méx [m5] día con día day after day;
    Méx Fam
    estar en sus días to be having one's period;
    este pan está seco, no es del día this bread's stale, it's not fresh;
    ha sido la noticia del día it was the news of the day;
    en su día: en su día te lo explicaré I'll explain it to you in due course;
    en su día les advertí que esa inversión sería imposible I told them at the time that the investment would be impossible;
    la pintura abstracta no fue valorada en su día in its day abstract art wasn't highly thought of;
    hoy (en) día these days, nowadays;
    hoy no es mi día, todo me sale mal it isn't my day today, I seem to be doing everything wrong;
    mañana será otro día tomorrow's another day;
    tener un buen/mal día to have a good/bad day;
    has estado todo el (santo) día protestando you've been complaining all day (long), you've spent the whole day complaining;
    no ha parado de llover en todo el (santo) día it hasn't stopped raining all day;
    Fam
    un día es un día this is a special occasion;
    Fam
    tener mis/tus/sus/etc.[m5] días: ¿qué tal es tu compañero de casa? – tiene sus días what's your flatmate like? – he has his moments;
    vivir al día to live from hand to mouth
    día de Año Nuevo New Year's Day; RP Fam el día del arquero when pigs learn to fly;
    día de asueto day off;
    día de ayuno holy day;
    Ferroc día azul = cheap day for rail travel in Spain; Esp día de la banderita Red Cross Day; RP día del canillita = day on which newspaper sellers do not work;
    día de colegio school day;
    día D D-day;
    día de descanso [en competición deportiva] rest day;
    Com día de deuda pay-by date; Esp Día de Difuntos All Souls' Day;
    día de los enamorados (St) Valentine's Day;
    día del espectador = day when some cinemas sell tickets at a discount;
    día festivo (public) holiday;
    día de fiesta holiday;
    RP Fam día del golero when pigs learn to fly; Com días de gracia days of grace;
    día de guardar holy day;
    día hábil working day, US workday;
    Día de la Hispanidad = day celebrating Columbus's landing in America [12 October], US ≈ Columbus Day;
    día de huelga day of action;
    Día de los Inocentes 28 December, ≈ April Fools' Day;
    el día del Juicio:
    Fam
    hasta el día del Juicio until doomsday;
    el Día del Juicio Final Judgement Day;
    día laborable working day, US workday;
    día lectivo school o teaching day;
    día libre day off;
    día de la madre Mother's Day;
    Am Día de los Muertos All Souls' Day;
    día del padre Father's Day;
    día de pago payday;
    Am día patrio national holiday [commemorating important historical event]; Am Día de la Raza = day commemorating Columbus's landing in America [12 October], US ≈ Columbus Day;
    Día de Reyes Epiphany [6 January, day on which children receive presents];
    Ferroc día rojo = day on which rail travel is more expensive in Spain;
    Día de San Valentín (St) Valentine's Day;
    RP día sándwich = day between a public holiday and a weekend, which is also taken as a holiday; Esp Día de los Santos Difuntos All Souls' Day;
    día señalado red-letter day;
    el Día del Señor Corpus Christi;
    Día de Todos los Santos All Saints' Day;
    día del trabajador Labour Day;
    día de trabajo working day, US workday;
    me pagan por día de trabajo I get paid for each day's work;
    día útil working day, US workday;
    día de vigilia day of abstinence
    2. [luz diurna] daytime, day;
    los días son más cortos en invierno the days are shorter in winter;
    al caer el día at dusk;
    al despuntar o [m5] romper el día at daybreak o dawn;
    día y noche day and night;
    en pleno día, a plena luz del día in broad daylight;
    de día in the daytime, during the day;
    es de día it's daytime;
    despierta, ya es de día wake up, it's morning o it's already light;
    hacer algo de día to do sth in the daytime o during the day;
    como el día a la noche: son tan parecidos como el día a la noche they are as like as chalk and cheese
    3. [tiempo atmosférico] day;
    un día lluvioso a rainy day;
    hacía un día caluroso/invernal it was a hot/wintry day;
    hace un día estupendo para pasear it's a lovely day for a walk, it's lovely weather for walking;
    hace buen/mal día it's a lovely/dismal day;
    mañana hará un mal día tomorrow the weather will be bad;
    ¿qué tal día hace? what's the weather like today?
    4.
    días [tiempo, vida] days;
    desde entonces hasta nuestros días from that time until the present;
    en los días de la República in the days of the Republic;
    en mis días in my day;
    en aquellos días no había televisión in those days we didn't have television;
    en aquellos días de felicidad in those happy times;
    terminó sus días en la pobreza he ended his days in poverty;
    no pasar los días por o [m5]para alguien: los días no pasan por o [m5] para ella she doesn't look her age;
    tener los días contados: el régimen/tigre de Bengala tiene los días contados the regime's/Bengal tiger's days are numbered
    5. [tanto, corriente]
    estar al día to be up to date;
    está al día de todo lo que ocurre en la región she's up to date with everything that's going on in the region;
    estamos al día de todos nuestros pagos we're up to date with all our payments;
    poner algo/a alguien al día to update sth/sb;
    ya me han puesto al día sobre la situación de la empresa they've already updated me o filled me in on the company's situation;
    tenemos que poner este informe al día we have to update this report o bring this report up to date;
    se ha puesto al día de los últimos acontecimientos he's caught up with the latest developments
    * * *
    m
    ¿qué día es hoy?, ¿a qué día estamos? what day is it today?;
    al día siguiente the following o next day, the day after;
    el otro día the other day;
    un día sí y otro no every other day;
    un día sí y otro también every day, day in day out;
    día por medio every other day;
    día tras día day after day;
    para otro from one day to the next;
    de día en día from day to day;
    todo el santo día all day long;
    todos los días every day;
    de hoy en ocho días a week from today o from now;
    a los pocos días a few days later;
    mañana será otro día tomorrow’s another day
    :
    al día up to date;
    poner al día update, bring up to date
    3
    :
    de día by day, during the day;
    ya es de día it’s light already;
    se hizo de día dawn o day broke;
    día y noche night and day;
    ¡buenos días! good morning!
    4
    :
    hace mal día tiempo it’s a nasty day
    5
    :
    algún día, un día some day, one day;
    un día de estos one of these days;
    un día es un día this is a special occasion;
    el día menos pensado when you least expect it;
    el día de mañana in the future, one day;
    el día a día the day-to-day routine;
    hoy en día nowadays;
    en su día in due course;
    tiene sus días contados his/her/its days are numbered;
    ¡hasta otro día! see you around!;
    del día pan fresh
    * * *
    día nm
    1) : day
    todos los días: every day
    2) : daytime, daylight
    de día: by day, in the daytime
    en pleno día: in broad daylight
    3)
    al día : up-to-date
    4)
    en su día : in due time
    * * *
    día n
    ¿qué día es hoy? what day is it today?
    2. (horas de luz) daytime / daylight

    Spanish-English dictionary > día

  • 5 tener

    v.
    1 to have.
    tengo un hermano I have o I've got a brother
    tener fiebre to have a temperature
    tuvieron una pelea they had a fight
    tener un niño to have a baby
    ¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!
    tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August
    Yo tengo una casa I have a house.
    El carro tuvo un accidente The car had an accident.
    Esto tiene azúcar This has=is made of sugar.
    Yo tengo dos hijos I have=am the parent of two sons.
    Tengo un primo I have a cousin,
    Ella tuvo una gran idea She had a great idea.
    Yo tengo paperas I have=suffer from the mumps.
    Tengo un ataque de nervios I am having a nervous fit.
    Ella tiene su aprobación She has=meets with his approval.
    2 to be.
    tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 meters wide
    ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?
    tiene diez años she's ten (years old)
    tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid
    tener mal humor to be bad-tempered
    le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her
    3 to get (recibir) (mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación).
    tuve un verdadero desengaño I was really disappointed
    tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise
    4 to hold.
    tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle
    Ella tiene su bolso She holds her purse.
    5 to offer, to have.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    tengo, tienes, tiene, tenemos, tenéis, tienen.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    ten (tú), tenga (él/Vd.), tengamos (nos.), tened (vos.), tengan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    2) hold
    3) own, possess
    4) feel
    •
    - tener que
    - tenerse por
    * * *
    Para las expresiones como tener cuidado, tener ganas, tener suerte, tener de particular, tener en cuenta, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    El uso de got con el verbo have es más frecuente en inglés británico, pero solo se usa en el presente.
    1) (=poseer, disponer de) to have, have got

    ¿tienes dinero? — do you have {o} have you got any money?

    ¿tienes un bolígrafo? — do you have {o} have you got a pen?

    ¿tiene usted permiso para esto? — do you have {o} have you got permission for this?

    tiene un tío en Venezuela — he has an uncle in Venezuela, he's got an uncle in Venezuela

    ahora no tengo tiempo — I don't have {o} I haven't got time now

    2) [referido a aspecto, carácter] to have, have got

    tiene el pelo rubio — he has blond hair, he's got blond hair

    tiene la nariz aguileña — she has an aquiline nose, she's got an aquiline nose

    3) [referido a edad] to be

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    4) [referido a ocupaciones] to have, have got

    tenemos clase de inglés a las 11 — we have an English class at 11, we've got an English class at 11

    el lunes tenemos una reunión — we're having a meeting on Monday, we've got a meeting on Monday

    5) (=parir) to have
    6) (=medir) to be
    7) (=sentir) + sustantivo to be + adj

    tener hambre/sed/calor/frío — to be hungry/thirsty/hot/cold

    8) (=padecer, sufrir) to have

    Luis tiene la gripe — Luis has {o} has got flu

    tengo fiebre — I have {o} I've got a (high) temperature

    ¿qué tienes? — what's the matter with you?, what's wrong with you?

    9) (=sostener) to hold

    tenía el pasaporte en la mano — he had his passport in his hand, he was holding his passport in his hand

    tenme el vaso un momento, por favor — hold my glass for me for a moment, please

    ¡ten!, ¡aquí tienes! — here you are!

    10) (=recibir) to have

    ¿has tenido noticias suyas? — have you heard from her?

    11) (=pensar, considerar)

    • tener [a bien] hacer algo — to see fit to do sth

    • tener a algn [en] algo, te tendrán en más estima — they will hold you in higher esteem

    • tener a algn [por] — + adj to consider sb (to be) + adj

    • ten por [seguro] que... — rest assured that...

    12) tener algo que ({+ infin})

    tengo trabajo que hacer — I have {o} I've got work to do

    no tengo nada que hacer — I have {o} I've got nothing to do

    eso no tiene nada que ver — that has {o} that's got nothing to do with it

    13) [locuciones]

    • ¡[ahí] lo tienes! — there you are!, there you have it!

    • tener algo [de] + adj —

    ¿qué tiene de malo? — what's wrong with that?

    • tenerlo [difícil] — to find it difficult

    • tenerlo [fácil] — to have it easy

    - ¿conque esas tenemos?

    no las tengo todas conmigo de que lo haga — I'm none too sure that he'll do it, I'm not entirely sure that he'll do it

    2. VERBO AUXILIAR
    1) tener que ({+ infin})
    a) [indicando obligación]

    tengo que comprarlo — I have to {o} I've got to buy it, I must buy it

    tenemos que marcharnos — we have to {o} we've got to go, we must be going

    tienen que aumentarte el sueldo — they have to {o} they've got to give you a rise

    b) [indicando suposición, probabilidad]

    ¡tienes que estar cansadísima! — you must be really tired!

    tiene que dolerte mucho ¿no? — it must hurt a lot, doesn't it?

    c) [en reproches]

    ¡tendrías que haberlo dicho antes! — you should have said so before!

    ¡tendría que darte vergüenza! — you should be ashamed of yourself!

    ¡tú tenías que ser! — it would be you!, it had to be you!

    d) [en sugerencias, recomendaciones]
    2) + participio
    3) + adj

    me tiene perplejo la falta de noticias — the lack of news is puzzling, I am puzzled by the lack of news

    4) esp Méx (=llevar)

    tienen tres meses de no cobrar — they haven't been paid for three months, it's three months since they've been paid

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']
    1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

    ¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

    no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

    aquí tienes al culpable — here's o this is the culprit

    ¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

    2)
    a) ( llevar encima) to have

    ¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

    b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing
    3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

    tengo invitados a cenar — I have o I've got some people coming to dinner

    tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

    tengo cosas que hacer — I have o I've got things to do

    4)
    a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

    tiene el pelo largo — she has o she's got long hair

    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

    le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have
    6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    7) ( tomar)

    ten la llave — take o here's the key

    8) ( recibir) to have
    9)
    a) ( sentir)

    tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

    tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

    ¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

    b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

    tengo dolor de cabeza — I have o I've got a headache

    c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

    ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

    11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

    lo tiene dominado — she has him under her thumb

    12) ( considerar)

    tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it

    2.
    tener v aux
    1)
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

    tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

    tengo que estudiar hoy — I have to o I must study today

    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

    tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

    tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

    ¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

    3.
    tenerse v pron

    no tenerse de sueño — to be dead o asleep on one's feet

    2) (refl) ( considerarse)

    tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

    * * *
    = bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.
    Ex. Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.
    Ex. The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.
    Ex. Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.
    Ex. If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.
    Ex. For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.
    Ex. Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.
    Ex. Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.
    Ex. The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.
    Ex. Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.
    Ex. But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.
    Ex. Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.
    ----
    * acabar teniendo = end up with.
    * acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.
    * a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.
    * cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.
    * del que se tiene constancia = recorded.
    * demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.
    * necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.
    * negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no tener alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.
    * no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.
    * no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.
    * no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.
    * no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.
    * no tener errores = be error-free.
    * no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.
    * no tener fin = there + be + no end to.
    * no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.
    * no tener fundamento = be unfounded.
    * no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener hijos = be childless.
    * no tener hogar = be homeless.
    * no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.
    * no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.
    * no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.
    * no tener información = be undocumented.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.
    * no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.
    * no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.
    * no tener la preparación = be untrained.
    * no tener límite = have + no limit.
    * no tener límites = be boundless.
    * no tener lugar = fall through.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.
    * no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.
    * no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.
    * no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.
    * no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.
    * no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.
    * no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.
    * no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.
    * no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * no tener opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otra opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.
    * no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.
    * no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.
    * no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.
    * no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.
    * no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.
    * no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.
    * no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.
    * no tener razón = be wrong.
    * no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener representación = be unrepresented.
    * no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.
    * no tener rival = be second to none.
    * no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.
    * no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.
    * no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener suerte = be out of luck.
    * no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.
    * no tener trabajo = be unemployed.
    * no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.
    * no tener un duro = not have a bean.
    * no tener valor = be valueless.
    * no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.
    * ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....
    * ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].
    * que no tiene precio = priceless.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * que tiene precio = priced.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * que tiene solución = solvable.
    * revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.
    * sin tener = in the absence of.
    * sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.
    * sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.
    * tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.
    * tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.
    * tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.
    * tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.
    * tener afinidades = share + common ground.
    * tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.
    * tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.
    * tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.
    * tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.
    * tener algo en contra de = have + something against.
    * tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.
    * tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.
    * tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.
    * tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.
    * tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.
    * tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.
    * tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.
    * tener ansias de = crave, crave for.
    * tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.
    * tener antojo de = crave, crave for.
    * tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener aspecto = look.
    * tener atrasos = be in arrears.
    * tener aversión a = have + aversion to.
    * tener beneficios = have + benefits.
    * tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.
    * tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.
    * tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.
    * tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.
    * tener bulla = be in a hurry.
    * tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.
    * tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener características en común = share + similarities.
    * tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener carencias = find + wanting.
    * tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.
    * tener causa justificada = have + good cause.
    * tener cautela = proceed + with caution.
    * tener celos = feel + jealous.
    * tener claro = be clear in your mind.
    * tener coherencia = cohere.
    * tener cólicos = be colicky.
    * tener como consecuencia = result (in).
    * tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.
    * tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.
    * tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.
    * tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener compasión de = have + compassion for.
    * tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.
    * tener consecuencias = have + consequences.
    * tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.
    * tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.
    * tener contacto = have + contact.
    * tener contactos = liaise (with/between).
    * tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener control sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.
    * tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.
    * tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.
    * tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.
    * tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.
    * tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.
    * tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.
    * tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.
    * tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).
    * tener cultivos = grow + crops.
    * tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.
    * tener delante = have + before.
    * tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.
    * tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.
    * tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.
    * tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.
    * tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.
    * tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.
    * tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.
    * tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.
    * tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.
    * tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.
    * tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.
    * tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.
    * tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.
    * tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.
    * tener el derecho de = have + the right to.
    * tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.
    * tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.
    * tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.
    * tener el honor de = have + the honour of.
    * tener el lujo = have + luxury.
    * tener el mando = rule + the roost.
    * tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.
    * tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.
    * tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.
    * tener el placer de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el plazo cumplido = be due.
    * tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.
    * tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener el poder de = have + the power to.
    * tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.
    * tener el valor = have + the courage.
    * tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.
    * tener en común con = partake (in/of).
    * tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.
    * tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.
    * tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.
    * tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.
    * tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.
    * tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.
    * tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.
    * tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.
    * tener entre manos = be up to.
    * tener envidia de = envy.
    * tener errores = be flawed.
    * tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.
    * tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.
    * tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.
    * tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.
    * tener experiencia = have + experience.
    * tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener fallos = be flawed.
    * tener fe = have + faith (in).
    * tener fe en = have + faith (in).
    * tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.
    * tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.
    * tener frenillo = lisp.
    * tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.
    * tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.
    * tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.
    * tener gancho = be engaging.
    * tener gastos = incur + costs.
    * tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.
    * tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener gran importancia = be of high significance.
    * tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.
    * tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.
    * tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.
    * tener hijos = father + children, have + children.
    * tener hipo = hiccup.
    * tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.
    * tener horror a = loathe, hate.
    * tener idea = have + a clue.
    * tener impacto = make + impact.
    * tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).
    * tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.
    * tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.
    * tener indigestión = have + indigestion.
    * tener influencias = have + pull.
    * tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener iniciativa = be proactive.
    * tener intereses en = have + a stake in.
    * tener intereses en juego = have + invested.
    * tener interés por = have + an interest in.
    * tener interés por/en = be interested in.
    * tener inventiva = be inventive.
    * tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).
    * tener la autoridad = have + mandate.
    * tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.
    * tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).
    * tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.
    * tener la certeza de = feel + confident.
    * tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.
    * tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.
    * tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).
    * tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la doble función = double as, double up as.
    * tener la facultad de = have + powers to.
    * tener la fama de = have + a good record for.
    * tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.
    * tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la función de = be in the business of.
    * tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.
    * tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.
    * tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.
    * tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.
    * tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.
    * tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.
    * tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.
    * tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.
    * tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.
    * tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.
    * tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.
    * tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.
    * tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.
    * tener la potestad = have + mandate.
    * tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.
    * tener lapsus = have + lapses.
    * tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.
    * tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.
    * tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.
    * tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.
    * tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.
    * tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.
    * tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.
    * tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.
    * tener lástima = pity.
    * tener lástima de = take + pity on.
    * tener la tentación de = be tempted to.
    * tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.
    * tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tener libertad = have + freedom.
    * tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.
    * tenerlo crudo = not be easy.
    * tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.
    * tenerlo duro = not be easy.
    * tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.
    * tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.
    * tener madera de = be cut out for.
    * tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.
    * tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.
    * tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * tener mal de amores = be lovesick.
    * tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.
    * tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener mérito = be meritorious.
    * tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.
    * tener miedo a = be scared of.
    * tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.
    * tener motivo = be right.
    * tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.
    * tener motivo para = have + cause to.
    * tener movilidad = be mobile.
    * tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucho carácter = be full of character.
    * tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.
    * tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.
    * tener mucho interés por = be keen to.
    * tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.
    * tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.
    * tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener niños = have + children.
    * tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.
    * tener noticias de = hear from.
    * tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.
    * tener obligación = have + obligation.
    * tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.
    * tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.
    * tener opinión = take + view.
    * tener paciencia = be patient.
    * tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.
    * tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * tener paralelo = have + parallel.
    * tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.
    * tener pérdidas = make + a loss.
    * tener perplejo = stump.
    * tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.
    * tener poca información = be information poor.
    * tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.
    * tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.
    * tener poco que ver = have + little to do.
    * tener poco valor = be of little value.
    * tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener por término medio = average.
    * tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.
    * tener potencial = have + potential.
    * tener precaución de = be chary of.
    * tener precedencia = take + priority.
    * tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.
    * tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).
    * tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.
    * tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener prioridad = trump.
    * tener prisa = be in a hurry.
    * tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.
    * tener problemas = have + problems.
    * tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.
    * tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.
    * tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.
    * tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.
    * tener que = have to, hafta [have to].
    * tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.
    * tener que competir con = face + competition from.
    * tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.
    * tener que ocurrir = be boun.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']
    1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

    ¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

    no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

    aquí tienes al culpable — here's o this is the culprit

    ¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

    2)
    a) ( llevar encima) to have

    ¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

    b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing
    3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

    tengo invitados a cenar — I have o I've got some people coming to dinner

    tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

    tengo cosas que hacer — I have o I've got things to do

    4)
    a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

    tiene el pelo largo — she has o she's got long hair

    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

    le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have
    6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    7) ( tomar)

    ten la llave — take o here's the key

    8) ( recibir) to have
    9)
    a) ( sentir)

    tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

    tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

    ¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

    b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

    tengo dolor de cabeza — I have o I've got a headache

    c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

    ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

    11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

    lo tiene dominado — she has him under her thumb

    12) ( considerar)

    tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it

    2.
    tener v aux
    1)
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

    tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

    tengo que estudiar hoy — I have to o I must study today

    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

    tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

    tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

    ¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

    3.
    tenerse v pron

    no tenerse de sueño — to be dead o asleep on one's feet

    2) (refl) ( considerarse)

    tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

    * * *
    = bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.

    Ex: Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.

    Ex: The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.
    Ex: Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.
    Ex: If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.
    Ex: For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.
    Ex: Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.
    Ex: Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.
    Ex: The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.
    Ex: Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.
    Ex: But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.
    Ex: Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.
    * acabar teniendo = end up with.
    * acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.
    * a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.
    * cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.
    * del que se tiene constancia = recorded.
    * demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.
    * necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.
    * negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no tener alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.
    * no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.
    * no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.
    * no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.
    * no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.
    * no tener errores = be error-free.
    * no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.
    * no tener fin = there + be + no end to.
    * no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.
    * no tener fundamento = be unfounded.
    * no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener hijos = be childless.
    * no tener hogar = be homeless.
    * no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.
    * no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.
    * no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.
    * no tener información = be undocumented.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.
    * no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.
    * no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.
    * no tener la preparación = be untrained.
    * no tener límite = have + no limit.
    * no tener límites = be boundless.
    * no tener lugar = fall through.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.
    * no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.
    * no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.
    * no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.
    * no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.
    * no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.
    * no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.
    * no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.
    * no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * no tener opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otra opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.
    * no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.
    * no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.
    * no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.
    * no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.
    * no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.
    * no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.
    * no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.
    * no tener razón = be wrong.
    * no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener representación = be unrepresented.
    * no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.
    * no tener rival = be second to none.
    * no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.
    * no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.
    * no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener suerte = be out of luck.
    * no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.
    * no tener trabajo = be unemployed.
    * no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.
    * no tener un duro = not have a bean.
    * no tener valor = be valueless.
    * no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.
    * ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....
    * ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].
    * que no tiene precio = priceless.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * que tiene precio = priced.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * que tiene solución = solvable.
    * revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.
    * sin tener = in the absence of.
    * sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.
    * sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.
    * tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.
    * tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.
    * tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.
    * tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.
    * tener afinidades = share + common ground.
    * tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.
    * tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.
    * tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.
    * tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.
    * tener algo en contra de = have + something against.
    * tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.
    * tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.
    * tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.
    * tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.
    * tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.
    * tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.
    * tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.
    * tener ansias de = crave, crave for.
    * tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.
    * tener antojo de = crave, crave for.
    * tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener aspecto = look.
    * tener atrasos = be in arrears.
    * tener aversión a = have + aversion to.
    * tener beneficios = have + benefits.
    * tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.
    * tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.
    * tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.
    * tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.
    * tener bulla = be in a hurry.
    * tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.
    * tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener características en común = share + similarities.
    * tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener carencias = find + wanting.
    * tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.
    * tener causa justificada = have + good cause.
    * tener cautela = proceed + with caution.
    * tener celos = feel + jealous.
    * tener claro = be clear in your mind.
    * tener coherencia = cohere.
    * tener cólicos = be colicky.
    * tener como consecuencia = result (in).
    * tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.
    * tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.
    * tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.
    * tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener compasión de = have + compassion for.
    * tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.
    * tener consecuencias = have + consequences.
    * tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.
    * tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.
    * tener contacto = have + contact.
    * tener contactos = liaise (with/between).
    * tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener control sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.
    * tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.
    * tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.
    * tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.
    * tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.
    * tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.
    * tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.
    * tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.
    * tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).
    * tener cultivos = grow + crops.
    * tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.
    * tener delante = have + before.
    * tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.
    * tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.
    * tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.
    * tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.
    * tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.
    * tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.
    * tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.
    * tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.
    * tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.
    * tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.
    * tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.
    * tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.
    * tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.
    * tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.
    * tener el derecho de = have + the right to.
    * tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.
    * tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.
    * tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.
    * tener el honor de = have + the honour of.
    * tener el lujo = have + luxury.
    * tener el mando = rule + the roost.
    * tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.
    * tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.
    * tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.
    * tener el placer de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el plazo cumplido = be due.
    * tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.
    * tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener el poder de = have + the power to.
    * tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.
    * tener el valor = have + the courage.
    * tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.
    * tener en común con = partake (in/of).
    * tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.
    * tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.
    * tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.
    * tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.
    * tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.
    * tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.
    * tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.
    * tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.
    * tener entre manos = be up to.
    * tener envidia de = envy.
    * tener errores = be flawed.
    * tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.
    * tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.
    * tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.
    * tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.
    * tener experiencia = have + experience.
    * tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener fallos = be flawed.
    * tener fe = have + faith (in).
    * tener fe en = have + faith (in).
    * tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.
    * tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.
    * tener frenillo = lisp.
    * tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.
    * tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.
    * tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.
    * tener gancho = be engaging.
    * tener gastos = incur + costs.
    * tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.
    * tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener gran importancia = be of high significance.
    * tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.
    * tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.
    * tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.
    * tener hijos = father + children, have + children.
    * tener hipo = hiccup.
    * tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.
    * tener horror a = loathe, hate.
    * tener idea = have + a clue.
    * tener impacto = make + impact.
    * tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).
    * tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.
    * tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.
    * tener indigestión = have + indigestion.
    * tener influencias = have + pull.
    * tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener iniciativa = be proactive.
    * tener intereses en = have + a stake in.
    * tener intereses en juego = have + invested.
    * tener interés por = have + an interest in.
    * tener interés por/en = be interested in.
    * tener inventiva = be inventive.
    * tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).
    * tener la autoridad = have + mandate.
    * tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.
    * tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).
    * tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.
    * tener la certeza de = feel + confident.
    * tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.
    * tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.
    * tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).
    * tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la doble función = double as, double up as.
    * tener la facultad de = have + powers to.
    * tener la fama de = have + a good record for.
    * tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.
    * tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la función de = be in the business of.
    * tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.
    * tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.
    * tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.
    * tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.
    * tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.
    * tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.
    * tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.
    * tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.
    * tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.
    * tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.
    * tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.
    * tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.
    * tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.
    * tener la potestad = have + mandate.
    * tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.
    * tener lapsus = have + lapses.
    * tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.
    * tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.
    * tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.
    * tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.
    * tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.
    * tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.
    * tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.
    * tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.
    * tener lástima = pity.
    * tener lástima de = take + pity on.
    * tener la tentación de = be tempted to.
    * tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.
    * tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tener libertad = have + freedom.
    * tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.
    * tenerlo crudo = not be easy.
    * tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.
    * tenerlo duro = not be easy.
    * tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.
    * tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.
    * tener madera de = be cut out for.
    * tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.
    * tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.
    * tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * tener mal de amores = be lovesick.
    * tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.
    * tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener mérito = be meritorious.
    * tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.
    * tener miedo a = be scared of.
    * tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.
    * tener motivo = be right.
    * tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.
    * tener motivo para = have + cause to.
    * tener movilidad = be mobile.
    * tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucho carácter = be full of character.
    * tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.
    * tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.
    * tener mucho interés por = be keen to.
    * tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.
    * tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.
    * tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener niños = have + children.
    * tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.
    * tener noticias de = hear from.
    * tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.
    * tener obligación = have + obligation.
    * tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.
    * tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.
    * tener opinión = take + view.
    * tener paciencia = be patient.
    * tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.
    * tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * tener paralelo = have + parallel.
    * tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.
    * tener pérdidas = make + a loss.
    * tener perplejo = stump.
    * tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.
    * tener poca información = be information poor.
    * tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.
    * tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.
    * tener poco que ver = have + little to do.
    * tener poco valor = be of little value.
    * tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener por término medio = average.
    * tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.
    * tener potencial = have + potential.
    * tener precaución de = be chary of.
    * tener precedencia = take + priority.
    * tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.
    * tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).
    * tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.
    * tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener prioridad = trump.
    * tener prisa = be in a hurry.
    * tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.
    * tener problemas = have + problems.
    * tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.
    * tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.
    * tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.
    * tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.
    * tener que = have to, hafta [have to].
    * tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.
    * tener que competir con = face + competition from.
    * tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.
    * tener que ocurrir = be boun

    * * *
    tener [ E27 ]
    ■ tener (verbo transitivo)
    A poseer, disponer de
    B
    1 llevar encima
    2 llevar puesto
    C actividades, obligaciones
    D
    1 señalando características
    2 expresando edad
    3 con idea de posibilidad
    E dar a luz
    A sujetar, sostener
    B tomar
    A recibir
    B
    1 sentir
    2 refiriéndose a síntomas
    3 refiriéndose a sucesos
    C refiriéndose a actitudes
    A indicando estado, situación
    B tener algo/a alguien por algo
    ■ tener (verbo auxiliar)
    A
    1 tener que: obligación
    2 tener que: propósito
    B tener que: certeza
    A con participio pasado
    B en expresiones de tiempo
    ■ tenerse (verbo pronominal)
    A sostenerse
    B tenerse por algo
    vt
    [El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma `I have a new dress']
    A (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have
    ése ya lo tengo I already have that one, I've already got that one
    ¿tienen hijos? do they have any children?, have they got any children?
    tiene un sueldo muy bueno she earns a very good salary, she is on a very good salary
    no tenemos aceitunas we don't have any olives, we haven't got any olives
    no tenía bastante dinero I didn't have enough money
    no tengo a quién recurrir I have o I've got nobody to turn to
    tú no tienes idea de lo que fue you've no idea o you can't imagine what it was like
    aquí tienes al autor del delito here's o this is the culprit
    ¡ahí tienes! ¿ves cómo no se los puede dejar solos? there you are! you see how they can't be left on their own?
    ¿conque ésas tenemos? so that's the way things are, is it?
    no tenerlas todas consigo ( fam): no sé, no las tengo todas conmigo I don't know, I'm not entirely sure o I'm not a hundred percent sure o I'm not at all sure
    tenerla con algn (CS fam); to have it in for sb ( colloq)
    tenerla con algo (CS fam); to keep o go on about sth ( colloq)
    B
    1 (llevar encima) to have
    ¿tienes cambio de $100? do you have change for $100?
    no tengo un lápiz I don't have a pencil (on me), I haven't got a pencil (on me)
    ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?, could you tell me the time?
    2 (llevar puesto) to be wearing, have on
    ¡qué traje más elegante tienes! that's a smart suit you're wearing o you have on!
    C (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have
    esta noche tengo una fiesta I'm going to o I have a party tonight
    los viernes tenemos gimnasia we have keep-fit on Fridays
    tenemos invitados a cenar we have o we've got some people coming to dinner
    tengo un par de camisas que planchar I have o I've got a couple of shirts to iron
    D
    1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (señalando características, atributos) to have
    tiene los ojos castaños/el pelo largo she has o she's got brown eyes/long hair
    tiene mucho tacto/valor he's very tactful/brave
    tiene habilidad para esas cosas he's very good at that sort of thing
    tiene sus defectos he has o he's got his faults
    la habitación tiene mucha luz the room is very light o gets a lot of light
    tiene cuatro metros de largo por tres de ancho it is four meters long and three meters wide
    ¿cuánto tienes de cintura? what's your waist measurement?
    tiene mucho de su padre he's very much like his father, he takes after his father
    tener algo DE algo:
    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? and what's (so) bad about that?
    no tiene nada de extraño there's nothing strange about it
    le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? ( AmL fam); she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?
    (expresando edad): ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?
    tengo cuarenta años I'm forty (years old)
    tengo edad para ser tu padre I'm old enough to be your father
    el televisor ya tiene muchos años the television set is very old
    3
    (con idea de posibilidad): no creo que tenga arreglo I don't think it can be fixed, I think it's beyond repair
    el problema no tiene solución there is no solution to the problem, the problem is insoluble
    E (dar a luz) to have
    tener un niño or hijo or bebé to have a child o baby
    A (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    sube, que yo te tengo la escalera go on up, I'll hold the ladder for you
    ¿me tienes esto un minuto? could you hold this for a minute?
    tenlo derecho hold it upright
    B
    (tomar): ten la llave take the key, here's the key
    A (recibir) to have
    hace un mes que no tenemos noticias de él we haven't heard from him for a month
    la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable the proposal was favorably received
    tuvo una gran decepción/sorpresa it was a terrible disappointment/a big surprise for her
    B
    1
    (sentir): tengo hambre/sueño/frío I'm hungry/tired/cold
    tiene celos de su hermano she's jealous of her brother
    no tiene interés por nada she's not interested in anything
    le tengo mucho cariño a esta casa I'm very fond of this house
    tengo el placer/honor de anunciar … it gives me great pleasure/I have the honor to announce …
    ¿qué tienes? ¿por qué lloras? what's wrong? o what's the matter? why are you crying?
    2 (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have
    tengo un dolor de cabeza horrible I have o I've got a terrible headache
    ¿has tenido las paperas? have you had mumps?
    está enfermo, pero no saben qué tiene he's ill, but they don't know what it is o what he's got o what's wrong with him
    3 (refiriéndose a sucesos, experiencias) to have
    tuvimos un verano muy bueno we had a very good summer
    tuve un sueño espantoso I had a terrible dream
    que tengas buen viaje have a good trip
    tuve una discusión con él I had an argument with him
    C
    (refiriéndose a actitudes): ten un poco más de respeto have a little more respect
    ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful
    tuvo la gentileza de prestármelo she was kind enough to lend it to me
    tuvo la precaución de llamar antes de ir she had the foresight to phone before she went
    bien2 adv G. (↑ bien (2))
    A (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl):
    el sofá tiene el tapizado sucio the upholstery on the sofa is dirty
    la mesa tiene una pata rota one of the table legs is broken
    tenía el suéter puesto al revés he had his sweater on back to front
    tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty
    tenía los ojos cerrados she had her eyes closed
    lo tengo escondido I have it hidden away
    ya lo tiene roto it's already broken o he's broken it already
    la tuvo engañada mucho tiempo he was cheating on her for a long time
    lo tiene dominado she has him under her thumb
    eso me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about that
    me tuvo escribiendo a máquina toda la tarde she had me typing all afternoon
    nos tuvo allí esperando una hora he kept us waiting there for an hour
    a la pobre la tienen de sirvienta they treat the poor girl like a maid
    tengo a la niña enferma my little girl's sick
    ¿en qué mano lo tengo? which hand is it in?
    B (considerar) tener algo/a algn POR algo:
    se lo tiene por el mejor hospital del país it is supposed to be o it is considered (to be) the best hospital in the country
    lo tienen por buen cirujano he's held to be o he's considered (to be) a good surgeon
    siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy
    ten por seguro que lo hará rest assured o you can be sure he'll do it
    ■
    A
    1 (expresando obligación, necesidad) tener QUE + INF:
    tengo que terminarlo hoy I have to o I must finish it today
    tienes que comer más, estás muy delgada you must eat more, you're very thin
    no tienes más que apretar este botón all you have to do is press this button
    no tienes que estar allí hasta las nueve you don't have to be there until nine
    no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti I don't have to explain anything to you, I don't owe you any explanations
    no tienes que comer tanto (no debes) you mustn't eat so much; (no hace falta) you don't have to eat that much, there's no need to eat that much
    tendría que cambiarme, no puedo ir así I'd have to o I ought to o I should change, I can't go like this
    2 (expresando propósito, recomendación) tener QUE + INF:
    tenemos que ir a ver esa película we must go and see that movie
    tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise
    tienes que leerlo, es buenísimo you must read it, it's really good
    B (expresando certeza) tener QUE + INF:
    tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer
    tiene que haber sido él it must have been him
    tengo que haberlo dejado en casa I must have left it at home
    ¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you, didn't it?
    ver2 vt I. (↑ ver (2))
    A
    (con participio pasado): ¿tiene previsto asistir al congreso? do you plan to attend the conference?
    ya tenían planeada su estrategia they already had their strategy worked out
    tengo entendido que llega mañana I understand he's arriving tomorrow
    tiene ganado el afecto del público she has won the public's affection
    te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta I've told you before I don't like that
    teníamos pensado irnos el jueves we intended leaving on Thursday
    tiene bastante dinero ahorrado she has quite a lot of money saved up
    B
    ( AmL) (en expresiones de tiempo): cuatro años tenía sin verlo she hadn't seen him for four years
    tienen tres años de casados they've been married for three years
    A
    (sostenerse): no podía tenerse en pie he couldn't stand
    tiene un sueño que no se tiene ( fam); he's out o dead on his feet ( colloq)
    B ( refl) (considerarse) tenerse POR algo:
    se tiene por muy inteligente he considers himself to be o he thinks he is very intelligent
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    tener    
    tener algo
    tener ( conjugate tener) verbo transitivo El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Este prefiere la forma `I have a new dress'
    1
    a) (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have;


    no tenemos pan we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread;
    tiene el pelo largo she has o she's got long hair
    b) ( llevar encima) ‹lápiz/cambio› to have;

    ◊ ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?

    c) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have;

    ◊ tengo invitados a cenar I have o I've got some people coming to dinner;

    tengo cosas que hacer I have o I've got things to do
    d) ( dar a luz) ‹bebé/gemelos› to have

    2
    a) (señalando características, tamaño) to be;


    tiene un metro de largo it is one meter long;
    le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?

    ◊ ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;

    tengo veinte años I'm twenty (years old)
    3
    a) (sujetar, sostener) to hold;


    b) ( tomar):

    ◊ ten la llave take o here's the key

    4
    a) ( sentir):

    ◊ tengo hambre/frío I'm hungry/cold;

    le tengo mucho cariño I'm very fond of him;
    tengo el placer de … it gives me great pleasure to …
    b) ( refiriéndose a enfermedades) ‹gripe/cáncer› to have;

    ◊ tengo dolor de cabeza I have o I've got a headache

    c) ( refiriéndose a experiencias) ‹discusión/accidente› to have;


    5 ( refiriéndose a actitudes):

    ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful;
    tiene mucho tacto he's very tactful
    6 (indicando estado, situación):

    tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty;
    tienes el cinturón desabrochado your belt's undone;
    me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about it
    tener v aux
    1 tener que hacer algo
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad) to have (got) to do sth;

    ◊ tengo que estudiar hoy I have to o I must study today;

    tienes que comer más you ought to eat more
    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación):


    tendrías que llamarlo you should ring him


    ¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you!
    2 ( con participio pasado):
    ◊ tengo entendido que sí viene I understand he is coming;

    te tengo dicho que … I've told you before (that) …;
    teníamos pensado irnos hoy we intended leaving today
    3 (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo):

    tenía un año sin verlo she hadn't seen him for a year
    tenerse verbo pronominal ( sostenerse):

    no tenerse de sueño to be dead on one's feet
    tener
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (poseer, disfrutar) to have, have got: tengo muy buena memoria, I have a very good memory
    no tiene coche, he hasn't got a car
    tiene dos hermanas, he has two sisters
    tiene mucho talento, he's very talented
    no tenemos suficiente dinero, we don't have enough money
    (ser dueño de) to own: tiene una cadena de hoteles, he owns a chain of hotels ➣ Ver nota en have 2 (contener) to contain: esta bebida no tiene alcohol, this drink doesn't contain alcohol
    3 (asir, sujetar) to hold: la tenía en brazos, she was carrying her in her arms
    4 (hospedar) tiene a su suegra en casa, his mother-in-law is staying with them
    5 (juzgar, considerar) la tengo por imposible, I regard her as a hopeless case
    nos tienen por tontos, they think we are stupid
    tenlo por seguro, you can be sure
    6 (pasar el tiempo de cierta manera) to have: he tenido un día espantoso, I've had a dreadful day
    7 (padecer, sentir) tiene celos, he's jealous
    tengo hambre/sed, I'm hungry/thirsty
    ten paciencia conmigo, be patient with me
    tengo un dolor de cabeza terrible, I have a terrible headache
    8 (profesar) to have: me tiene cariño, he is very fond of me
    no le tengo ningún respeto, I have no respect for him
    9 (años, tiempo) to be: el bebé tiene ocho días, the baby is eight days old
    (medidas) la cama tiene metro y medio de ancho, the bed is one and a half metres wide
    10 (mantener) to keep: no sabe tener la boca cerrada, she can't keep her mouth shut
    nos tuvo dos horas esperando, he kept us waiting for two hours
    tiene su habitación muy ordenada, he keeps his room very tidy
    me tiene preocupada, I'm worried about him
    11 ( tener que + infinitivo) tengo que hacerlo, I must do it
    tienes que tomarte las pastillas, you have to take your pills
    tendrías que habérselo dicho, you ought to have told her ➣ Ver nota en must
    II verbo aux to have: mira que te lo tengo dicho veces, I've told you time and time again
    Tener tiene dos traducciones básicas: to have o to have got. Esta segunda se usa casi únicamente para expresar posesión y solo en el presente: Tengo un coche nuevo. I have got a new car.
    La primera se usa en sentido más general: Va a tener un problema. He's going to have a problem. Recuerda que la forma interrogativa de I have got es have I got?, mientras que la forma interrogativa de I have es do I have?
    Cuando tener significa sentir, se traduce por el verbo to be: Tengo hambre. I am hungry.

    ' tener' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrigar
    - abuela
    - abundar
    - acarrear
    - accidente
    - acostumbrar
    - admirar
    - adolecer
    - agobiarse
    - añorar
    - antena
    - apetecer
    - apremiar
    - aptitud
    - arcada
    - arte
    - banco
    - bombera
    - bombero
    - burbuja
    - cabida
    - cabronada
    - cacao
    - caer
    - cagalera
    - calor
    - cantar
    - capaz
    - carácter
    - carrete
    - celebrarse
    - céntimo
    - certeza
    - certidumbre
    - ciega
    - ciego
    - conciencia
    - conllevar
    - consecuencia
    - constar
    - contingente
    - corazón
    - correa
    - correrse
    - cosa
    - cosquillas
    - costar
    - creer
    - cruda
    - crudo
    English:
    access
    - accommodate
    - act
    - add up
    - afraid
    - agree
    - aim to
    - allow for
    - allowance
    - approve of
    - around
    - associate
    - attached
    - augment
    - authoritarian
    - ax
    - axe
    - barrel
    - be
    - bear
    - bear with
    - bearing
    - begrudge
    - believe in
    - belong
    - beware
    - boast
    - bone
    - boomerang
    - breathing space
    - broody
    - brush
    - butterfly
    - calculate
    - careful
    - celebrate
    - clash
    - clever
    - come off
    - command
    - connected
    - conscience
    - consider
    - consideration
    - count
    - crash
    - date
    - daunt
    - debt
    - depend
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [poseer, disfrutar de] [objeto, cualidad, elemento, parentesco] to have;
    no tengo televisor/amigos I haven't got o I don't have a television/any friends;
    ¿tienes un bolígrafo? have you got o do you have a pen?;
    ¿tiene usted hora? have you got the time?;
    tenemos un mes para terminarlo we've got a month in which to finish it;
    tiene el pelo corto, ojos azules y gafas she has (got) short hair, blue eyes and she wears glasses;
    muchos no tienen trabajo o [m5] empleo a lot of people are out of work;
    el documental no tiene mucho interés the documentary is not very interesting;
    ¿cuántas habitaciones tiene? how many rooms has it got o does it have?;
    ¿tienes hermanos? have you got o do you have any brothers or sisters?;
    tengo un hermano I've got o I have a brother;
    tener un niño to have a baby;
    no tienen hijos they haven't got o don't have any children;
    RP Fam
    tener algo a bocha [en gran cantidad] to have tons o loads of sth;
    ¿conque ésas tenemos?, ¿ahora no quieres ayudar? so that's the deal, is it? you don't want to help now, then;
    no las tiene todas consigo he is not too sure about it;
    muy Fam
    tenerlos bien puestos to have guts;
    tanto tienes, tanto vales you are what you own
    2. [padecer, realizar, experimentar] to have;
    tener fiebre to have a temperature;
    tiene cáncer/el sida she has (got) cancer/AIDS;
    doctor, ¿qué tengo? what's wrong with me, doctor?;
    no tienes nada (grave) it's nothing (serious), there's nothing (seriously) wrong with you;
    tuvieron una pelea/reunión they had a fight/meeting;
    tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August;
    mañana no tenemos clase we don't have to go to school tomorrow, there's no school tomorrow;
    ¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!;
    no he tenido un buen día I haven't had a good day;
    tiene lo que se merece she's got what she deserves
    3. [medida, años, sensación, sentimiento] to be;
    tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 metres wide;
    ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;
    tiene diez años she's ten (years old);
    Am
    tengo tres años aquí I've been here for three years;
    tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid;
    tener suerte/mal humor to be lucky/bad-tempered;
    tengo un dolor de espalda terrible I have a terrible backache;
    tengo alergia al polvo I'm allergic to dust;
    me tienen cariño/envidia they're fond/jealous of me;
    le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her;
    tengo ganas de llorar I feel like crying
    4. [hallarse o hacer estar en cierto estado]
    tenía la cara pálida her face was pale;
    tienes una rueda pinchada you've got a Br puncture o US flat;
    tienes la corbata torcida your tie isn't straight;
    me tuvo despierto it kept me awake;
    eso la tiene despistada/preocupada that has her confused/worried;
    esto la tendrá ocupada un rato this will keep her busy for a while;
    un psicópata tiene atemorizada a la población a psychopath is terrorizing the population;
    nos tuvieron una hora en comisaría they kept us at the police station for an hour;
    me tuvo esperando una hora she kept me waiting an hour;
    nos tuvieron toda la noche viendo vídeos they made us watch videos all night;
    la tienen como o [m5] de encargada en un restaurante she's employed as a manageress in a restaurant
    5. [sujetar] to hold;
    tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle;
    ¿puedes tenerme esto un momento? could you hold this for me a minute?;
    ten los brazos en alto hold your arms up high
    6. [tomar]
    ten el libro que me pediste here's the book you asked me for;
    ¡aquí tienes!, ¡ten! here you are!;
    ahí tienes la respuesta there's your answer
    7. [recibir] [mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación] to get;
    tuve una carta suya I got o had a letter from her;
    el que llegue primero tendrá un premio whoever arrives first will get a prize;
    tendrás noticias mías you'll hear from me;
    tenemos invitados/a la familia a cenar we've got guests/the family over for dinner;
    tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise;
    tenía/tuve la impresión de que… I had/got the impression that…;
    tuve una verdadera desilusión I was really disappointed
    8. [valorar, estimar]
    tener en mucho/poco a alguien to think a lot/not to think very much of sb;
    me tienen por tonto they think I'm stupid;
    Formal
    tener a bien hacer algo to be kind enough to do sth;
    les ruego tengan a bien considerar mi candidatura para el puesto de… I would be grateful if you would consider my application for the post of…
    9. [guardar, contener] to keep;
    ¿dónde tienes las joyas/el dinero? where do you keep the jewels/money?;
    ¿dónde tendré las gafas? where can my glasses be?;
    la botella tenía un mensaje the bottle had a message inside;
    esta cuenta no tiene fondos there are no funds in this account
    10. RP Fam
    tenerla con algo/alguien to go on about sth/sb;
    ¡cómo la tenés con tu vecino! you're always going on about your neighbour!;
    ¡cómo la tiene con el auto que se va a comprar! he's always going on about the car he's going to buy!;
    ¡cómo la tiene el jefe contigo! the boss really has it in for you!
    ♦ v aux
    1. [antes de participio] [haber]
    teníamos pensado ir al teatro we had thought of going to the theatre, we had intended to go to the theatre;
    ¿cuánto tienes hecho de la tesis? how much of your thesis have you (got) done?;
    te tengo dicho que no pises los charcos I've told you before not to step in puddles;
    tengo entendido que se van a casar I understand (that) they are going to get married
    2.
    tener que: [indica obligación] [m5] tener que hacer algo to have to do sth;
    tenía/tuve que hacerlo I had to do it;
    ¿tienes que irte? do you have to go?, have you got to go?;
    tienes que esforzarte más you must try harder;
    tiene que ser así it has to be this way;
    tenemos que salir de aquí we have (got) to o need to get out of here, we must get out of here;
    teníamos que haber hecho esto antes we should have o ought to have done this before;
    no tienes que disculparte you needn't apologize, you don't need to apologize;
    si quieres algo, no tienes más que pedirlo if you want something, all you have to do is ask;
    no tienes por qué venir, si no quieres you don't have to come if you don't want to
    3.
    tener que: [indica propósito, consejo] [m5] tenemos que ir a cenar un día we ought to o should go for dinner some time;
    tienes que ir a ver esa película you must see that movie;
    tenías que haber visto cómo corría you should have seen him run;
    tendrías que dejar de fumar you ought to give up smoking
    4.
    tener que: [indica probabilidad] [m5] ya tienen que haber llegado they must have o should have arrived by now;
    las llaves tienen que andar por aquí the keys must be round here somewhere;
    tendría que haber terminado hace rato she should have o ought to have finished some time ago;
    tenía que ser él, no podía ser otro it had to be him, it couldn't have been anyone else
    5.
    tener que ver: tener que ver con algo/alguien to have to do with sth/sb;
    actitudes que tienen que ver con la falta de educación attitudes which are related to a lack of education;
    se apellida Siqueiros, pero no tiene que ver con el pintor his surname is Siqueiros, but he's got nothing to do with the painter;
    ¿qué tiene eso que ver conmigo? what has that got to do with me?;
    no tener nada que ver con algo/alguien to have nothing to do with sth/sb;
    lo que digo no tiene nada que ver con eso what I'm saying has nothing to do with that;
    aunque los dos vinos sean Rioja, no tienen nada que ver even if both wines are Riojas, there's no comparison between them;
    ¿qué tiene que ver que sea mujer para que haga bien su trabajo? what's her being a woman got to do with whether or not she does a good job?;
    es un poco tarde, ¿no? – ¿y qué tiene que ver? it's a bit late, isn't it? – so what?;
    tener que ver en algo to be involved in sth;
    dicen que la CIA tuvo que ver en ello rumour has it the CIA were involved;
    ¿has tenido tú algo que ver en esto? have you had something to do with this?
    * * *
    v/t
    1 have;
    tener 10 años be 10 (years old);
    tener un metro de ancho/largo be one meter wide/long o in width/length
    2
    :
    ha tenido un niño she’s had a little boy
    3
    :
    tener a alguien por algo regard s.o. as sth, consider s.o. to be sth
    4
    :
    tengo que madrugar I must get up early, I have to o I’ve got to get up early;
    tuve que madrugar I had to get up early
    5
    :
    conque ¿esas tenemos? so that’s how it is o things stand, eh?;
    no tuvo a bien saludarme he did not see fit to greet me;
    no las tengo todas conmigo fam I’m not one hundred per cent sure;
    eso me tiene nervioso that makes me nervous
    * * *
    tener {80} vt
    1) : to have
    tiene ojos verdes: she has green eyes
    tengo mucho que hacer: I have a lot to do
    tiene veinte años: he's twenty years old
    tiene un metro de largo: it's one meter long
    2) : to hold
    ten esto un momento: hold this for a moment
    3) : to feel, to make
    tengo frío: I'm cold
    eso nos tiene contentos: that makes us happy
    4)
    tener por : to think, to consider
    me tienes por loco: you think I'm crazy
    tener v aux
    1)
    tener que : to have to
    tengo que salir: I have to leave
    tiene que estar aquí: it has to be here, it must be here
    tenía pensado escribirte: I've been thinking of writing to you
    * * *
    tener vb
    1. (en general) to have
    En el presente, sobre todo en inglés hablado, se puede emplear have got en vez de have, por ejemplo, have you got any brothers or sisters?
    2. (edad, tamaño) to be
    tener que ver to have to do with / to concern
    no tiene nada que ver contigo it's got nothing to do with you / it doesn't concern you

    Spanish-English dictionary > tener

  • 6 BIOS

    ['baios] n. shkurtesë nga b asic i nput o utput s ystem ( BIOS) sistemi themelor për hyrje-dalje ( informatikë)
    What is BIOS?
    BIOS is an acronym for Basic Input/Output System. It is the boot firmware program on a PC, and controls the computer from the time you start it up until the operating system takes over. When you turn on a PC, the BIOS first conducts a basic hardware check, called a Power-On Self Test (POST), to determine whether all of the attachments are present and working. Then it loads the operating system into your computer's random access memory, or RAM.
    The BIOS also manages data flow between the computer's operating system and attached devices such as the hard disk, video card, keyboard, mouse, and printer.
    The BIOS stores the date, the time, and your system configuration information in a battery-powered, non-volatile memory chip, called a CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor) after its manufacturing process.
    Although the BIOS is standardized and should rarely require updating, some older BIOS chips may not accommodate new hardware devices. Before the early 1990s, you couldn't update the BIOS without removing and replacing its ROM chip. Contemporary BIOS resides on memory chips such as flash chips or EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory), so that you can update the BIOS yourself if necessary.
    For detailed information about BIOS updates, visit:
    What is firmware?
    Firmware consists of programs installed semi-permanently into memory, using various types of programmable ROM chips, such as PROMS, EPROMs, EEPROMs, and flash chips.
    Firmware is non-volatile, and will remain in memory after you turn the system off.
    Often, the term firmware is used to refer specifically to boot firmware, which controls a computer from the time that it is turned on until the primary operating system has taken over. Boot firmware's main function is to initialize the hardware and then to boot (load and execute) the primary operating system. On PCs, the boot firmware is usually referred to as the BIOS.
    What is the difference between memory and disk storage?
    Memory and disk storage both refer to internal storage space in a computer.
    The term memory usually means RAM (Random Access Memory). To refer to hard drive storage, the terms disk space or storage are usually used.
    Typically, computers have much less memory than disk space, because RAM is much more expensive per megabyte than a hard disk. Today, a typical desktop computer might come with 512MB of RAM, and a 40 gigabyte hard disk.
    Virtual memory is disk space that has been designated to act like RAM.
    Computers also contain a small amount of ROM, or read-only memory, containing permanent or semi-permanent (firmware) instructions for checking hardware and starting up the computer. On a PC, this is called the BIOS.
    What is RAM?
    RAM stands for Random Access Memory. RAM provides space for your computer to read and write data to be accessed by the CPU (central processing unit). When people refer to a computer's memory, they usually mean its RAM.
    New computers typically come with at least 256 megabytes (MB) of RAM installed, and can be upgraded to 512MB or even a gigabyte or more.
    If you add more RAM to your computer, you reduce the number of times your CPU must read data from your hard disk. This usually allows your computer to work considerably faster, as RAM is many times faster than a hard disk.
    RAM is volatile, so data stored in RAM stays there only as long as your computer is running. As soon as you turn the computer off, the data stored in RAM disappears.
    When you turn your computer on again, your computer's boot firmware (called BIOS on a PC) uses instructions stored semi-permanently in ROM chips to read your operating system and related files from the disk and load them back into RAM.
    Note: On a PC, different parts of RAM may be more or less easily accessible to programs. For example, cache RAM is made up of very high-speed RAM chips which sit between the CPU and main RAM, storing (i.e., caching) memory accesses by the CPU. Cache RAM helps to alleviate the gap between the speed of a CPU's megahertz rating and the ability of RAM to respond and deliver data. It reduces how often the CPU must wait for data from main memory.
    What is ROM?
    ROM is an acronym for Read-Only Memory. It refers to computer memory chips containing permanent or semi-permanent data. Unlike RAM, ROM is non-volatile; even after you turn off your computer, the contents of ROM will remain.
    Almost every computer comes with a small amount of ROM containing the boot firmware. This consists of a few kilobytes of code that tell the computer what to do when it starts up, e.g., running hardware diagnostics and loading the operating system into RAM. On a PC, the boot firmware is called the BIOS.
    Originally, ROM was actually read-only. To update the programs in ROM, you had to remove and physically replace your ROM chips. Contemporary versions of ROM allow some limited rewriting, so you can usually upgrade firmware such as the BIOS by using installation software. Rewritable ROM chips include PROMs (programmable read-only memory), EPROMs (erasable read-only memory), EEPROMs (electrically erasable programmable read-only memory), and a common variation of EEPROMs called flash memory.
    What is an ACPI BIOS?
    ACPI is an acronym that stands for Advanced Configuration and Power Interface, a power management specification developed by Intel, Microsoft, and Toshiba. ACPI support is built into Windows 98 and later operating systems. ACPI is designed to allow the operating system to control the amount of power provided to each device or peripheral attached to the computer system. This provides much more stable and efficient power management and makes it possible for the operating system to turn off selected devices, such as a monitor or CD-ROM drive, when they are not in use.
    ACPI should help eliminate computer lockup on entering power saving or sleep mode. This will allow for improved power management, especially in portable computer systems where reducing power consumption is critical for extending battery life. ACPI also allows for the computer to be turned on and off by external devices, so that the touch of a mouse or the press of a key will "wake up" the computer. This new feature of ACPI, called OnNow, allows a computer to enter a sleep mode that uses very little power.
    In addition to providing power management, ACPI also evolves the existing Plug and Play BIOS (PnP BIOS) to make adding and configuring new hardware devices easier. This includes support for legacy non-PnP devices and improved support for combining older devices with ACPI hardware, allowing both to work in a more efficient manner in the same computer system. The end result of this is to make the BIOS more PnP compatible.
    What is CMOS?
    CMOS, short for Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor, is a low-power, low-heat semiconductor technology used in contemporary microchips, especially useful for battery-powered devices. The specific technology is explained in detail at:
    http://searchsmb.techtarget.com/sDefinition/0,,sid44_gci213860,00.html
    Most commonly, though, the term CMOS is used to refer to small battery-powered configuration chips on system boards of personal computers, where the BIOS stores the date, the time, and system configuration details.
    How do I enter the Setup program in my BIOS?
    Warning: Your BIOS Setup program is very powerful. An incorrect setting could cause your computer not to boot properly. You should make sure you understand what a setting does before you change it.
    You can usually run Setup by pressing a special function key or key combination soon after turning on the computer, during its power-on self test (POST), before the operating system loads (or before the operating system's splash screen shows). During POST, the BIOS usually displays a prompt such as:
    Press F2 to enter Setup
    Many newer computers display a brief screen, usually black and white, with the computer manufacturer's logo during POST.
    Entering the designated keystroke will take you into the BIOS Setup. Common keystrokes to enter the BIOS Setup are F1, F2, F10, and Del.
    On some computers, such as some Gateway or Compaq computers, graphics appear during the POST, and the BIOS information is hidden. You must press Esc to make these graphics disappear. Your monitor will then display the correct keystroke to enter.
    Note: If you press the key too early or too often, the BIOS may display an error message. To avoid this, wait about five seconds after turning the power on, and then press the key once or twice.
    What's the difference between BIOS and CMOS?
    Many people use the terms BIOS (basic input/output system) and CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) to refer to the same thing. Though they are related, they are distinct and separate components of a computer. The BIOS is the program that starts a computer up, and the CMOS is where the BIOS stores the date, time, and system configuration details it needs to start the computer.
    The BIOS is a small program that controls the computer from the time it powers on until the time the operating system takes over. The BIOS is firmware, which means it cannot store variable data.
    CMOS is a type of memory technology, but most people use the term to refer to the chip that stores variable data for startup. A computer's BIOS will initialize and control components like the floppy and hard drive controllers and the computer's hardware clock, but the specific parameters for startup and initializing components are stored in the CMOS.

    English-Albanian dictionary > BIOS

  • 7 Magnus

    1.
    magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:

    magnai reipublicai gratia,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
    I.
    Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.

    the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,

    a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:

    magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:

    magnus fluens Nilus,

    Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:

    magna et pulcra domus,

    spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    montes,

    Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):

    templa caelitum,

    vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):

    aquae,

    great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    oppidum maximum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:

    maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:

    magna pecunia mutua,

    id. Att. 11, 3, 3:

    copia pabuli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    multitudo peditatus,

    id. ib. 4, 34:

    divitiae,

    Nep. Dion. 1, 2:

    populus,

    Verg. A. 1, 148.—
    2.
    Rarely of time, for longus, multus:

    interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,

    Verg. A. 3, 284:

    magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,

    Macr. S. 2, 11:

    magno post tempore,

    Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
    3.
    Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:

    magna voce confiteri,

    Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:

    tribunorum,

    Liv. 9, 46, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):

    vir magnus in primis,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,

    id. ib. 2, 66, 167:

    magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1:

    Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    amicus,

    great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):

    virtus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 15:

    infamia,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1:

    eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,

    id. ib.:

    multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46:

    causa,

    great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:

    opus et arduum,

    id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:

    quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,

    something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    magna loqui,

    to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:

    magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,

    it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,

    what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:

    quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:

    jam magno natu,

    Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:

    homo magnus natu,

    id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:

    qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:

    audivi ex majoribus natu,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109:

    hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,

    Verg. A. 5, 644:

    annos natus major quadraginta,

    more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    civis major annis viginti,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,

    Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:

    ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,

    Liv. 6, 34:

    Gelo maximus stirpis,

    id. 23, 30:

    ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,

    App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.

    in gen.: Cyrus major,

    Lact. 4, 5, 7:

    quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,

    Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:

    Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:

    ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:

    L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    patres majoresque nostri,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:

    more majorum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 1:

    spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,

    id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:

    majores natu,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:

    maxima virgo,

    the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:

    de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,

    Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
    2.
    In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:

    magni esse,

    to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:

    magni aestimare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:

    magni existimans interesse ad decus,

    to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:

    emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,

    id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    magno vendere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:

    conducere aliquid nimium magno,

    too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:

    magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,

    cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:

    ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,

    Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:

    multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,

    dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:

    senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:

    extollere aliquid in majus,

    more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:

    celebrare,

    id. ib. 13, 8:

    nuntiare,

    id. H. 3, 38:

    credere,

    to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:

    accipere,

    to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
    3.
    Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):

    magnum clamat,

    greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:

    inclamare,

    Gell. 5, 9 fin.:

    exclamat derepente maximum,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
    A.
    Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
    B.
    In gen.
    1.
    With no qualifying words.
    a.
    With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:

    saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:

    magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:

    nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,

    id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:

    quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,

    Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:

    tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:

    quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    id. Cael. 6, 14.—
    (β).
    With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):

    umbra es amantum magis quam amator,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:

    aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,

    id. Mur. 8, 17:

    magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:

    ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 6:

    se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,

    id. ib. 2, 32, 1:

    timori magis quam religioni consulere,

    id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:

    jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),

    Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:

    in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,

    Quint. 9, 1, 23:

    Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,

    Liv. 10, 4, 10:

    pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,

    Sen. Suas. 6, 17:

    non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,

    Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:

    nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,

    Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):

    quid philosophia magis colendum?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:

    quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?

    Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,

    Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):

    Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:

    quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:

    quam mage amo quam matrem meam,

    id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:

    jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:

    nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,

    Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:

    neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 54:

    ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:

    corpora magna magis quam firma,

    Liv. 5, 44, 4:

    vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,

    Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:

    neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,

    id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:

    ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,

    Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):

    ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
    b.
    Without the addition of the second term.
    (α).
    With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):

    sapiunt magis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:

    magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10, 3:

    magis metuant,

    id. Mil. 5, 44:

    tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:

    cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:

    magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
    (β).
    With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):

    magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,

    better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:

    ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    magis anxius,

    Ov. M. 1, 182:

    hic magis tranquillu'st,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:

    nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:

    nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 21:

    quod est magis verisimile,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:

    magis admirabilis oratio,

    Quint. 8, 3, 24:

    magis communia verba,

    id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;

    nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:

    magis aperte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:

    magis impense,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:

    magis est dulcius,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:

    magis majores nugae,

    id. Men. prol. 55:

    magis modum in majorem,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 145:

    contentiores mage erunt,

    id. Poen. 2, 15.—
    2.
    Strengthened.
    a.
    By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:

    qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:

    illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,

    id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:

    tanto magis Dic, quis est?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:

    ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 146:

    vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,

    Lucr. 6, 460:

    quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25:

    sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:

    atque eo magis, si, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    eoque magis quod, etc.,

    id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;

    5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 787:

    quanto mage... tam magis,

    Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:

    quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 3, 309:

    cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
    b.
    By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:

    cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:

    de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:

    magis deinde ac magis,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    post hoc magis ac magis,

    id. Gram. 3;

    for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,

    id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:

    magis atque magis,

    Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:

    post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,

    id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
    3.
    Pleon.
    a.
    With potius (anteclass.):

    magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:

    mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
    b.
    With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;

    his vero auditis multo magis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,

    Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
    C.
    In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
    1.
    To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:

    domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,

    i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:

    non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,

    Liv. 22, 27, 2:

    conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:

    si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:

    non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,

    Sen. Ep. 87, 25;

    Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,

    Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:

    nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,

    just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
    2.
    For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:

    deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:

    miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,

    Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
    3.
    Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:

    sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:

    minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,

    Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:

    quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:

    quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,

    id. Suas. 1, 5:

    aut minus, aut magis,

    id. Ep. 82, 14.—
    4.
    With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:

    alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:

    sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,

    id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:

    alii aliis magis recusare,

    Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Alone.
    a.
    With a verb:

    haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:

    nos coluit maxime,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:

    quem convenire maxime cupiebam,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:

    de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:

    extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,

    id. Quint. 10, 35:

    in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,

    most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,

    came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.

    pugnare,

    most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:

    jubere,

    most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:

    id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:

    ab eo exordiri volui maxime,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    cernere naturae vim maxime,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
    b.
    With an adj.:

    res maxime necessaria,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    loca maxime frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    loci ad hoc maxime idonei,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    maxime naturali carent amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 80:

    maxime feri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    elegans maxime auctor,

    id. 10, 1, 93:

    maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 37:

    noto enim maxime utar exemplo,

    id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:

    quae maxime liberalissima,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:

    maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),

    Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
    c.
    With numerals, at most:

    puer ad annos maxime natus octo,

    Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
    d.
    With an adv.:

    ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
    2.
    Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):

    qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,

    Curt. 5, 2, 5:

    cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 1:

    quae maxime omnium belli avida,

    Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:

    atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:

    imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:

    hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,

    id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,

    id. Part. Or. 33, 114:

    quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,

    as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:

    ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:

    ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:

    quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,

    Sall. C. 1, 3:

    ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,

    Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
    3.
    With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:

    tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,

    as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:

    grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,

    Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
    4.
    With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):

    hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.

    , in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 47:

    ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,

    id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
    5.
    In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:

    hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:

    si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:

    in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:

    maxime... dein,

    Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:

    sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,

    Col. 5, 6, 4:

    maxime... deinde... postea... minume,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:

    maxime... postea... ultimae,

    Col. 6, 3, 6:

    post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,

    Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:

    quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:

    scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:

    maxime quod de judicatu meo,

    id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:

    cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,

    id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:

    scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:

    plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:

    tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:

    longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,

    id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:

    cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 9:

    ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,

    Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:

    haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;

    2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:

    tum cum maxime,

    at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,

    tunc cum maxime,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    nunc cum maxime,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
    2.
    In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:

    scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,

    Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
    2.
    Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Magnus

  • 8 magnus

    1.
    magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:

    magnai reipublicai gratia,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
    I.
    Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.

    the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,

    a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:

    magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:

    magnus fluens Nilus,

    Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:

    magna et pulcra domus,

    spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    montes,

    Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):

    templa caelitum,

    vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):

    aquae,

    great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    oppidum maximum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:

    maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:

    magna pecunia mutua,

    id. Att. 11, 3, 3:

    copia pabuli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    multitudo peditatus,

    id. ib. 4, 34:

    divitiae,

    Nep. Dion. 1, 2:

    populus,

    Verg. A. 1, 148.—
    2.
    Rarely of time, for longus, multus:

    interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,

    Verg. A. 3, 284:

    magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,

    Macr. S. 2, 11:

    magno post tempore,

    Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
    3.
    Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:

    magna voce confiteri,

    Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:

    tribunorum,

    Liv. 9, 46, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):

    vir magnus in primis,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,

    id. ib. 2, 66, 167:

    magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1:

    Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    amicus,

    great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):

    virtus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 15:

    infamia,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1:

    eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,

    id. ib.:

    multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46:

    causa,

    great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:

    opus et arduum,

    id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:

    quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,

    something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    magna loqui,

    to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:

    magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,

    it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,

    what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:

    quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:

    jam magno natu,

    Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:

    homo magnus natu,

    id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:

    qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:

    audivi ex majoribus natu,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109:

    hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,

    Verg. A. 5, 644:

    annos natus major quadraginta,

    more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    civis major annis viginti,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,

    Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:

    ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,

    Liv. 6, 34:

    Gelo maximus stirpis,

    id. 23, 30:

    ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,

    App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.

    in gen.: Cyrus major,

    Lact. 4, 5, 7:

    quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,

    Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:

    Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:

    ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:

    L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    patres majoresque nostri,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:

    more majorum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 1:

    spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,

    id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:

    majores natu,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:

    maxima virgo,

    the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:

    de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,

    Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
    2.
    In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:

    magni esse,

    to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:

    magni aestimare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:

    magni existimans interesse ad decus,

    to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:

    emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,

    id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    magno vendere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:

    conducere aliquid nimium magno,

    too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:

    magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,

    cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:

    ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,

    Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:

    multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,

    dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:

    senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:

    extollere aliquid in majus,

    more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:

    celebrare,

    id. ib. 13, 8:

    nuntiare,

    id. H. 3, 38:

    credere,

    to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:

    accipere,

    to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
    3.
    Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):

    magnum clamat,

    greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:

    inclamare,

    Gell. 5, 9 fin.:

    exclamat derepente maximum,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
    A.
    Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
    B.
    In gen.
    1.
    With no qualifying words.
    a.
    With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:

    saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:

    magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:

    nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,

    id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:

    quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,

    Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:

    tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:

    quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    id. Cael. 6, 14.—
    (β).
    With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):

    umbra es amantum magis quam amator,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:

    aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,

    id. Mur. 8, 17:

    magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:

    ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 6:

    se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,

    id. ib. 2, 32, 1:

    timori magis quam religioni consulere,

    id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:

    jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),

    Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:

    in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,

    Quint. 9, 1, 23:

    Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,

    Liv. 10, 4, 10:

    pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,

    Sen. Suas. 6, 17:

    non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,

    Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:

    nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,

    Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):

    quid philosophia magis colendum?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:

    quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?

    Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,

    Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):

    Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:

    quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:

    quam mage amo quam matrem meam,

    id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:

    jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:

    nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,

    Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:

    neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 54:

    ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:

    corpora magna magis quam firma,

    Liv. 5, 44, 4:

    vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,

    Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:

    neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,

    id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:

    ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,

    Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):

    ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
    b.
    Without the addition of the second term.
    (α).
    With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):

    sapiunt magis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:

    magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10, 3:

    magis metuant,

    id. Mil. 5, 44:

    tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:

    cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:

    magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
    (β).
    With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):

    magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,

    better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:

    ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    magis anxius,

    Ov. M. 1, 182:

    hic magis tranquillu'st,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:

    nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:

    nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 21:

    quod est magis verisimile,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:

    magis admirabilis oratio,

    Quint. 8, 3, 24:

    magis communia verba,

    id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;

    nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:

    magis aperte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:

    magis impense,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:

    magis est dulcius,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:

    magis majores nugae,

    id. Men. prol. 55:

    magis modum in majorem,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 145:

    contentiores mage erunt,

    id. Poen. 2, 15.—
    2.
    Strengthened.
    a.
    By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:

    qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:

    illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,

    id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:

    tanto magis Dic, quis est?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:

    ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 146:

    vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,

    Lucr. 6, 460:

    quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25:

    sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:

    atque eo magis, si, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    eoque magis quod, etc.,

    id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;

    5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 787:

    quanto mage... tam magis,

    Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:

    quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 3, 309:

    cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
    b.
    By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:

    cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:

    de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:

    magis deinde ac magis,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    post hoc magis ac magis,

    id. Gram. 3;

    for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,

    id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:

    magis atque magis,

    Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:

    post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,

    id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
    3.
    Pleon.
    a.
    With potius (anteclass.):

    magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:

    mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
    b.
    With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;

    his vero auditis multo magis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,

    Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
    C.
    In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
    1.
    To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:

    domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,

    i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:

    non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,

    Liv. 22, 27, 2:

    conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:

    si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:

    non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,

    Sen. Ep. 87, 25;

    Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,

    Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:

    nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,

    just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
    2.
    For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:

    deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:

    miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,

    Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
    3.
    Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:

    sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:

    minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,

    Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:

    quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:

    quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,

    id. Suas. 1, 5:

    aut minus, aut magis,

    id. Ep. 82, 14.—
    4.
    With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:

    alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:

    sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,

    id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:

    alii aliis magis recusare,

    Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Alone.
    a.
    With a verb:

    haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:

    nos coluit maxime,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:

    quem convenire maxime cupiebam,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:

    de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:

    extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,

    id. Quint. 10, 35:

    in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,

    most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,

    came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.

    pugnare,

    most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:

    jubere,

    most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:

    id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:

    ab eo exordiri volui maxime,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    cernere naturae vim maxime,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
    b.
    With an adj.:

    res maxime necessaria,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    loca maxime frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    loci ad hoc maxime idonei,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    maxime naturali carent amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 80:

    maxime feri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    elegans maxime auctor,

    id. 10, 1, 93:

    maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 37:

    noto enim maxime utar exemplo,

    id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:

    quae maxime liberalissima,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:

    maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),

    Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
    c.
    With numerals, at most:

    puer ad annos maxime natus octo,

    Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
    d.
    With an adv.:

    ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
    2.
    Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):

    qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,

    Curt. 5, 2, 5:

    cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 1:

    quae maxime omnium belli avida,

    Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:

    atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:

    imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:

    hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,

    id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,

    id. Part. Or. 33, 114:

    quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,

    as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:

    ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:

    ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:

    quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,

    Sall. C. 1, 3:

    ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,

    Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
    3.
    With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:

    tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,

    as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:

    grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,

    Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
    4.
    With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):

    hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.

    , in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 47:

    ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,

    id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
    5.
    In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:

    hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:

    si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:

    in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:

    maxime... dein,

    Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:

    sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,

    Col. 5, 6, 4:

    maxime... deinde... postea... minume,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:

    maxime... postea... ultimae,

    Col. 6, 3, 6:

    post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,

    Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:

    quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:

    scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:

    maxime quod de judicatu meo,

    id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:

    cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,

    id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:

    scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:

    plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:

    tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:

    longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,

    id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:

    cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 9:

    ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,

    Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:

    haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;

    2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:

    tum cum maxime,

    at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,

    tunc cum maxime,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    nunc cum maxime,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
    2.
    In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:

    scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,

    Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
    2.
    Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > magnus

  • 9 majores

    1.
    magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:

    magnai reipublicai gratia,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
    I.
    Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.

    the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,

    a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:

    magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:

    magnus fluens Nilus,

    Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:

    magna et pulcra domus,

    spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    montes,

    Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):

    templa caelitum,

    vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):

    aquae,

    great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    oppidum maximum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:

    maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:

    magna pecunia mutua,

    id. Att. 11, 3, 3:

    copia pabuli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    multitudo peditatus,

    id. ib. 4, 34:

    divitiae,

    Nep. Dion. 1, 2:

    populus,

    Verg. A. 1, 148.—
    2.
    Rarely of time, for longus, multus:

    interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,

    Verg. A. 3, 284:

    magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,

    Macr. S. 2, 11:

    magno post tempore,

    Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
    3.
    Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:

    magna voce confiteri,

    Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:

    tribunorum,

    Liv. 9, 46, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):

    vir magnus in primis,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,

    id. ib. 2, 66, 167:

    magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1:

    Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    amicus,

    great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):

    virtus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 15:

    infamia,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1:

    eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,

    id. ib.:

    multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46:

    causa,

    great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:

    opus et arduum,

    id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:

    quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,

    something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    magna loqui,

    to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:

    magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,

    it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,

    what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:

    quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:

    jam magno natu,

    Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:

    homo magnus natu,

    id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:

    qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:

    audivi ex majoribus natu,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109:

    hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,

    Verg. A. 5, 644:

    annos natus major quadraginta,

    more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    civis major annis viginti,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,

    Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:

    ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,

    Liv. 6, 34:

    Gelo maximus stirpis,

    id. 23, 30:

    ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,

    App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.

    in gen.: Cyrus major,

    Lact. 4, 5, 7:

    quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,

    Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:

    Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:

    ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:

    L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    patres majoresque nostri,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:

    more majorum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 1:

    spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,

    id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:

    majores natu,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:

    maxima virgo,

    the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:

    de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,

    Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
    2.
    In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:

    magni esse,

    to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:

    magni aestimare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:

    magni existimans interesse ad decus,

    to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:

    emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,

    id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    magno vendere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:

    conducere aliquid nimium magno,

    too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:

    magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,

    cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:

    ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,

    Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:

    multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,

    dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:

    senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:

    extollere aliquid in majus,

    more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:

    celebrare,

    id. ib. 13, 8:

    nuntiare,

    id. H. 3, 38:

    credere,

    to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:

    accipere,

    to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
    3.
    Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):

    magnum clamat,

    greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:

    inclamare,

    Gell. 5, 9 fin.:

    exclamat derepente maximum,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
    A.
    Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
    B.
    In gen.
    1.
    With no qualifying words.
    a.
    With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:

    saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:

    magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:

    nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,

    id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:

    quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,

    Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:

    tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:

    quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    id. Cael. 6, 14.—
    (β).
    With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):

    umbra es amantum magis quam amator,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:

    aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,

    id. Mur. 8, 17:

    magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:

    ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 6:

    se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,

    id. ib. 2, 32, 1:

    timori magis quam religioni consulere,

    id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:

    jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),

    Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:

    in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,

    Quint. 9, 1, 23:

    Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,

    Liv. 10, 4, 10:

    pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,

    Sen. Suas. 6, 17:

    non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,

    Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:

    nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,

    Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):

    quid philosophia magis colendum?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:

    quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?

    Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,

    Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):

    Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:

    quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:

    quam mage amo quam matrem meam,

    id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:

    jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:

    nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,

    Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:

    neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 54:

    ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:

    corpora magna magis quam firma,

    Liv. 5, 44, 4:

    vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,

    Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:

    neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,

    id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:

    ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,

    Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):

    ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
    b.
    Without the addition of the second term.
    (α).
    With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):

    sapiunt magis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:

    magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10, 3:

    magis metuant,

    id. Mil. 5, 44:

    tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:

    cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:

    magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
    (β).
    With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):

    magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,

    better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:

    ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    magis anxius,

    Ov. M. 1, 182:

    hic magis tranquillu'st,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:

    nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:

    nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 21:

    quod est magis verisimile,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:

    magis admirabilis oratio,

    Quint. 8, 3, 24:

    magis communia verba,

    id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;

    nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:

    magis aperte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:

    magis impense,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:

    magis est dulcius,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:

    magis majores nugae,

    id. Men. prol. 55:

    magis modum in majorem,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 145:

    contentiores mage erunt,

    id. Poen. 2, 15.—
    2.
    Strengthened.
    a.
    By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:

    qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:

    illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,

    id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:

    tanto magis Dic, quis est?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:

    ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 146:

    vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,

    Lucr. 6, 460:

    quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25:

    sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:

    atque eo magis, si, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    eoque magis quod, etc.,

    id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;

    5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 787:

    quanto mage... tam magis,

    Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:

    quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 3, 309:

    cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
    b.
    By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:

    cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:

    de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:

    magis deinde ac magis,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    post hoc magis ac magis,

    id. Gram. 3;

    for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,

    id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:

    magis atque magis,

    Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:

    post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,

    id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
    3.
    Pleon.
    a.
    With potius (anteclass.):

    magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:

    mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
    b.
    With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;

    his vero auditis multo magis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,

    Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
    C.
    In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
    1.
    To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:

    domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,

    i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:

    non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,

    Liv. 22, 27, 2:

    conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:

    si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:

    non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,

    Sen. Ep. 87, 25;

    Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,

    Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:

    nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,

    just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
    2.
    For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:

    deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:

    miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,

    Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
    3.
    Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:

    sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:

    minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,

    Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:

    quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:

    quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,

    id. Suas. 1, 5:

    aut minus, aut magis,

    id. Ep. 82, 14.—
    4.
    With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:

    alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:

    sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,

    id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:

    alii aliis magis recusare,

    Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Alone.
    a.
    With a verb:

    haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:

    nos coluit maxime,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:

    quem convenire maxime cupiebam,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:

    de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:

    extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,

    id. Quint. 10, 35:

    in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,

    most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,

    came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.

    pugnare,

    most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:

    jubere,

    most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:

    id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:

    ab eo exordiri volui maxime,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    cernere naturae vim maxime,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
    b.
    With an adj.:

    res maxime necessaria,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    loca maxime frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    loci ad hoc maxime idonei,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    maxime naturali carent amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 80:

    maxime feri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    elegans maxime auctor,

    id. 10, 1, 93:

    maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 37:

    noto enim maxime utar exemplo,

    id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:

    quae maxime liberalissima,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:

    maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),

    Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
    c.
    With numerals, at most:

    puer ad annos maxime natus octo,

    Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
    d.
    With an adv.:

    ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
    2.
    Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):

    qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,

    Curt. 5, 2, 5:

    cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 1:

    quae maxime omnium belli avida,

    Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:

    atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:

    imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:

    hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,

    id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,

    id. Part. Or. 33, 114:

    quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,

    as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:

    ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:

    ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:

    quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,

    Sall. C. 1, 3:

    ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,

    Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
    3.
    With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:

    tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,

    as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:

    grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,

    Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
    4.
    With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):

    hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.

    , in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 47:

    ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,

    id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
    5.
    In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:

    hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:

    si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:

    in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:

    maxime... dein,

    Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:

    sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,

    Col. 5, 6, 4:

    maxime... deinde... postea... minume,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:

    maxime... postea... ultimae,

    Col. 6, 3, 6:

    post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,

    Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:

    quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:

    scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:

    maxime quod de judicatu meo,

    id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:

    cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,

    id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:

    scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:

    plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:

    tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:

    longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,

    id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:

    cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 9:

    ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,

    Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:

    haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;

    2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:

    tum cum maxime,

    at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,

    tunc cum maxime,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    nunc cum maxime,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
    2.
    In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:

    scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,

    Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
    2.
    Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > majores

  • 10 maxume

    1.
    magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:

    magnai reipublicai gratia,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
    I.
    Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.

    the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,

    a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:

    magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:

    magnus fluens Nilus,

    Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:

    magna et pulcra domus,

    spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    montes,

    Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):

    templa caelitum,

    vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):

    aquae,

    great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    oppidum maximum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:

    maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:

    magna pecunia mutua,

    id. Att. 11, 3, 3:

    copia pabuli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    multitudo peditatus,

    id. ib. 4, 34:

    divitiae,

    Nep. Dion. 1, 2:

    populus,

    Verg. A. 1, 148.—
    2.
    Rarely of time, for longus, multus:

    interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,

    Verg. A. 3, 284:

    magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,

    Macr. S. 2, 11:

    magno post tempore,

    Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
    3.
    Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:

    magna voce confiteri,

    Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:

    tribunorum,

    Liv. 9, 46, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):

    vir magnus in primis,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,

    id. ib. 2, 66, 167:

    magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1:

    Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    amicus,

    great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):

    virtus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 15:

    infamia,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1:

    eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,

    id. ib.:

    multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46:

    causa,

    great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:

    opus et arduum,

    id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:

    quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,

    something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    magna loqui,

    to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:

    magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,

    it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,

    what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:

    quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:

    jam magno natu,

    Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:

    homo magnus natu,

    id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:

    qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:

    audivi ex majoribus natu,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109:

    hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,

    Verg. A. 5, 644:

    annos natus major quadraginta,

    more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    civis major annis viginti,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,

    Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:

    ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,

    Liv. 6, 34:

    Gelo maximus stirpis,

    id. 23, 30:

    ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,

    App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.

    in gen.: Cyrus major,

    Lact. 4, 5, 7:

    quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,

    Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:

    Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:

    ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:

    L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    patres majoresque nostri,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:

    more majorum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 1:

    spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,

    id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:

    majores natu,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:

    maxima virgo,

    the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:

    de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,

    Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
    2.
    In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:

    magni esse,

    to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:

    magni aestimare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:

    magni existimans interesse ad decus,

    to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:

    emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,

    id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    magno vendere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:

    conducere aliquid nimium magno,

    too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:

    magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,

    cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:

    ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,

    Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:

    multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,

    dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:

    senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:

    extollere aliquid in majus,

    more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:

    celebrare,

    id. ib. 13, 8:

    nuntiare,

    id. H. 3, 38:

    credere,

    to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:

    accipere,

    to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
    3.
    Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):

    magnum clamat,

    greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:

    inclamare,

    Gell. 5, 9 fin.:

    exclamat derepente maximum,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
    A.
    Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
    B.
    In gen.
    1.
    With no qualifying words.
    a.
    With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:

    saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:

    magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:

    nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,

    id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:

    quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,

    Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:

    tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:

    quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    id. Cael. 6, 14.—
    (β).
    With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):

    umbra es amantum magis quam amator,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:

    aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,

    id. Mur. 8, 17:

    magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:

    ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 6:

    se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,

    id. ib. 2, 32, 1:

    timori magis quam religioni consulere,

    id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:

    jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),

    Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:

    in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,

    Quint. 9, 1, 23:

    Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,

    Liv. 10, 4, 10:

    pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,

    Sen. Suas. 6, 17:

    non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,

    Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:

    nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,

    Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):

    quid philosophia magis colendum?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:

    quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?

    Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,

    Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):

    Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:

    quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:

    quam mage amo quam matrem meam,

    id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:

    jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:

    nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,

    Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:

    neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 54:

    ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:

    corpora magna magis quam firma,

    Liv. 5, 44, 4:

    vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,

    Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:

    neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,

    id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:

    ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,

    Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):

    ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
    b.
    Without the addition of the second term.
    (α).
    With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):

    sapiunt magis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:

    magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10, 3:

    magis metuant,

    id. Mil. 5, 44:

    tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:

    cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:

    magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
    (β).
    With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):

    magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,

    better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:

    ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    magis anxius,

    Ov. M. 1, 182:

    hic magis tranquillu'st,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:

    nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:

    nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 21:

    quod est magis verisimile,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:

    magis admirabilis oratio,

    Quint. 8, 3, 24:

    magis communia verba,

    id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;

    nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:

    magis aperte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:

    magis impense,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:

    magis est dulcius,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:

    magis majores nugae,

    id. Men. prol. 55:

    magis modum in majorem,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 145:

    contentiores mage erunt,

    id. Poen. 2, 15.—
    2.
    Strengthened.
    a.
    By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:

    qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:

    illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,

    id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:

    tanto magis Dic, quis est?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:

    ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 146:

    vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,

    Lucr. 6, 460:

    quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25:

    sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:

    atque eo magis, si, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    eoque magis quod, etc.,

    id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;

    5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 787:

    quanto mage... tam magis,

    Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:

    quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 3, 309:

    cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
    b.
    By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:

    cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:

    de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:

    magis deinde ac magis,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    post hoc magis ac magis,

    id. Gram. 3;

    for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,

    id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:

    magis atque magis,

    Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:

    post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,

    id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
    3.
    Pleon.
    a.
    With potius (anteclass.):

    magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:

    mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
    b.
    With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;

    his vero auditis multo magis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,

    Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
    C.
    In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
    1.
    To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:

    domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,

    i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:

    non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,

    Liv. 22, 27, 2:

    conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:

    si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:

    non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,

    Sen. Ep. 87, 25;

    Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,

    Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:

    nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,

    just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
    2.
    For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:

    deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:

    miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,

    Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
    3.
    Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:

    sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:

    minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,

    Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:

    quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:

    quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,

    id. Suas. 1, 5:

    aut minus, aut magis,

    id. Ep. 82, 14.—
    4.
    With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:

    alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:

    sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,

    id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:

    alii aliis magis recusare,

    Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Alone.
    a.
    With a verb:

    haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:

    nos coluit maxime,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:

    quem convenire maxime cupiebam,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:

    de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:

    extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,

    id. Quint. 10, 35:

    in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,

    most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,

    came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.

    pugnare,

    most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:

    jubere,

    most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:

    id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:

    ab eo exordiri volui maxime,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    cernere naturae vim maxime,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
    b.
    With an adj.:

    res maxime necessaria,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    loca maxime frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    loci ad hoc maxime idonei,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    maxime naturali carent amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 80:

    maxime feri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    elegans maxime auctor,

    id. 10, 1, 93:

    maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 37:

    noto enim maxime utar exemplo,

    id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:

    quae maxime liberalissima,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:

    maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),

    Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
    c.
    With numerals, at most:

    puer ad annos maxime natus octo,

    Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
    d.
    With an adv.:

    ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
    2.
    Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):

    qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,

    Curt. 5, 2, 5:

    cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 1:

    quae maxime omnium belli avida,

    Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:

    atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:

    imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:

    hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,

    id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,

    id. Part. Or. 33, 114:

    quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,

    as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:

    ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:

    ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:

    quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,

    Sall. C. 1, 3:

    ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,

    Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
    3.
    With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:

    tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,

    as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:

    grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,

    Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
    4.
    With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):

    hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.

    , in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 47:

    ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,

    id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
    5.
    In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:

    hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:

    si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:

    in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:

    maxime... dein,

    Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:

    sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,

    Col. 5, 6, 4:

    maxime... deinde... postea... minume,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:

    maxime... postea... ultimae,

    Col. 6, 3, 6:

    post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,

    Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:

    quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:

    scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:

    maxime quod de judicatu meo,

    id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:

    cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,

    id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:

    scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:

    plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:

    tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:

    longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,

    id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:

    cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 9:

    ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,

    Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:

    haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;

    2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:

    tum cum maxime,

    at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,

    tunc cum maxime,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    nunc cum maxime,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
    2.
    In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:

    scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,

    Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
    2.
    Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > maxume

  • 11 maxumus

    1.
    magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:

    magnai reipublicai gratia,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
    I.
    Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.

    the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,

    a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:

    magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:

    magnus fluens Nilus,

    Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:

    magna et pulcra domus,

    spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    montes,

    Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):

    templa caelitum,

    vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):

    aquae,

    great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    oppidum maximum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:

    maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:

    magna pecunia mutua,

    id. Att. 11, 3, 3:

    copia pabuli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    multitudo peditatus,

    id. ib. 4, 34:

    divitiae,

    Nep. Dion. 1, 2:

    populus,

    Verg. A. 1, 148.—
    2.
    Rarely of time, for longus, multus:

    interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,

    Verg. A. 3, 284:

    magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,

    Macr. S. 2, 11:

    magno post tempore,

    Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
    3.
    Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:

    magna voce confiteri,

    Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:

    tribunorum,

    Liv. 9, 46, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):

    vir magnus in primis,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,

    id. ib. 2, 66, 167:

    magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1:

    Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    amicus,

    great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):

    virtus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 15:

    infamia,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1:

    eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,

    id. ib.:

    multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46:

    causa,

    great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:

    opus et arduum,

    id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:

    quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,

    something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    magna loqui,

    to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:

    magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,

    it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,

    what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:

    quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:

    jam magno natu,

    Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:

    homo magnus natu,

    id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:

    qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:

    audivi ex majoribus natu,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109:

    hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,

    Verg. A. 5, 644:

    annos natus major quadraginta,

    more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    civis major annis viginti,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,

    Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:

    ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,

    Liv. 6, 34:

    Gelo maximus stirpis,

    id. 23, 30:

    ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,

    App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.

    in gen.: Cyrus major,

    Lact. 4, 5, 7:

    quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,

    Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:

    Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:

    ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:

    L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    patres majoresque nostri,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:

    more majorum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 1:

    spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,

    id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:

    majores natu,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:

    maxima virgo,

    the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:

    de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,

    Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
    2.
    In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:

    magni esse,

    to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:

    magni aestimare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:

    magni existimans interesse ad decus,

    to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:

    emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,

    id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    magno vendere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:

    conducere aliquid nimium magno,

    too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:

    magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,

    cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:

    ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,

    Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:

    multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,

    dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:

    senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:

    extollere aliquid in majus,

    more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:

    celebrare,

    id. ib. 13, 8:

    nuntiare,

    id. H. 3, 38:

    credere,

    to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:

    accipere,

    to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
    3.
    Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):

    magnum clamat,

    greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:

    inclamare,

    Gell. 5, 9 fin.:

    exclamat derepente maximum,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
    A.
    Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
    B.
    In gen.
    1.
    With no qualifying words.
    a.
    With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:

    saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:

    magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:

    nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,

    id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:

    quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,

    Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:

    tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:

    quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    id. Cael. 6, 14.—
    (β).
    With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):

    umbra es amantum magis quam amator,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:

    aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,

    id. Mur. 8, 17:

    magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:

    ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 6:

    se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,

    id. ib. 2, 32, 1:

    timori magis quam religioni consulere,

    id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:

    jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),

    Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:

    in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,

    Quint. 9, 1, 23:

    Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,

    Liv. 10, 4, 10:

    pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,

    Sen. Suas. 6, 17:

    non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,

    Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:

    nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,

    Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):

    quid philosophia magis colendum?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:

    quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?

    Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,

    Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):

    Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:

    quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:

    quam mage amo quam matrem meam,

    id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:

    jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:

    nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,

    Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:

    neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 54:

    ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:

    corpora magna magis quam firma,

    Liv. 5, 44, 4:

    vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,

    Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:

    neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,

    id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:

    ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,

    Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):

    ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
    b.
    Without the addition of the second term.
    (α).
    With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):

    sapiunt magis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:

    magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10, 3:

    magis metuant,

    id. Mil. 5, 44:

    tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:

    cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:

    magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
    (β).
    With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):

    magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,

    better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:

    ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    magis anxius,

    Ov. M. 1, 182:

    hic magis tranquillu'st,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:

    nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:

    nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 21:

    quod est magis verisimile,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:

    magis admirabilis oratio,

    Quint. 8, 3, 24:

    magis communia verba,

    id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;

    nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:

    magis aperte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:

    magis impense,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:

    magis est dulcius,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:

    magis majores nugae,

    id. Men. prol. 55:

    magis modum in majorem,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 145:

    contentiores mage erunt,

    id. Poen. 2, 15.—
    2.
    Strengthened.
    a.
    By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:

    qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:

    illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,

    id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:

    tanto magis Dic, quis est?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:

    ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 146:

    vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,

    Lucr. 6, 460:

    quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25:

    sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:

    atque eo magis, si, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    eoque magis quod, etc.,

    id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;

    5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 787:

    quanto mage... tam magis,

    Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:

    quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 3, 309:

    cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
    b.
    By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:

    cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:

    de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:

    magis deinde ac magis,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    post hoc magis ac magis,

    id. Gram. 3;

    for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,

    id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:

    magis atque magis,

    Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:

    post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,

    id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
    3.
    Pleon.
    a.
    With potius (anteclass.):

    magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:

    mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
    b.
    With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;

    his vero auditis multo magis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,

    Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
    C.
    In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
    1.
    To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:

    domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,

    i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:

    non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,

    Liv. 22, 27, 2:

    conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:

    si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:

    non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,

    Sen. Ep. 87, 25;

    Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,

    Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:

    nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,

    just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
    2.
    For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:

    deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:

    miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,

    Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
    3.
    Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:

    sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:

    minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,

    Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:

    quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:

    quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,

    id. Suas. 1, 5:

    aut minus, aut magis,

    id. Ep. 82, 14.—
    4.
    With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:

    alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:

    sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,

    id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:

    alii aliis magis recusare,

    Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Alone.
    a.
    With a verb:

    haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:

    nos coluit maxime,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:

    quem convenire maxime cupiebam,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:

    de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:

    extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,

    id. Quint. 10, 35:

    in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,

    most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,

    came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.

    pugnare,

    most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:

    jubere,

    most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:

    id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:

    ab eo exordiri volui maxime,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    cernere naturae vim maxime,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
    b.
    With an adj.:

    res maxime necessaria,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    loca maxime frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    loci ad hoc maxime idonei,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    maxime naturali carent amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 80:

    maxime feri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    elegans maxime auctor,

    id. 10, 1, 93:

    maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 37:

    noto enim maxime utar exemplo,

    id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:

    quae maxime liberalissima,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:

    maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),

    Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
    c.
    With numerals, at most:

    puer ad annos maxime natus octo,

    Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
    d.
    With an adv.:

    ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
    2.
    Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):

    qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,

    Curt. 5, 2, 5:

    cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 1:

    quae maxime omnium belli avida,

    Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:

    atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:

    imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:

    hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,

    id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,

    id. Part. Or. 33, 114:

    quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,

    as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:

    ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:

    ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:

    quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,

    Sall. C. 1, 3:

    ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,

    Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
    3.
    With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:

    tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,

    as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:

    grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,

    Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
    4.
    With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):

    hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.

    , in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 47:

    ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,

    id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
    5.
    In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:

    hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:

    si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:

    in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:

    maxime... dein,

    Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:

    sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,

    Col. 5, 6, 4:

    maxime... deinde... postea... minume,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:

    maxime... postea... ultimae,

    Col. 6, 3, 6:

    post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,

    Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:

    quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:

    scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:

    maxime quod de judicatu meo,

    id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:

    cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,

    id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:

    scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:

    plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:

    tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:

    longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,

    id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:

    cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 9:

    ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,

    Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:

    haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;

    2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:

    tum cum maxime,

    at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,

    tunc cum maxime,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    nunc cum maxime,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
    2.
    In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:

    scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,

    Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
    2.
    Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > maxumus

  • 12 old

    old ⇒ Age
    A n
    1 ( old people) the old (+ v pl) les personnes fpl âgées ; old and young together jeunes et vieux ensemble ;
    2 ( earlier era) (in days) of old (au temps) jadis ; the knights of old les chevaliers d'antan ; I know him of old je le connais depuis longtemps.
    B ○ olds npl ( parents) les vieux ○ mpl ; my olds mes vieux.
    C adj
    1 (elderly, not young) vieux/vieille, âgé ; an old man un vieil homme, un vieillard ; old people les vieux ; older people les personnes âgées ; if I live to be old si je vis vieux ; to get ou grow old vieillir, se faire vieux/vieille ; to look old avoir l'air âgé ; old before one's time vieux avant l'âge ; grief has made her old before her time le chagrin l'a vieillie avant l'âge ; do you want old Mr Salter or young Mr Salter? est-ce que vous voulez le père ou le fils Salter? ;
    2 ( of a particular age) how old are you/is he? quel âge as-tu/a-t-il? ; no-one knows how old this tree is personne ne connaît l'âge de cet arbre ; she is 10 years old elle a 10 ans ; a six-year-old boy un garçon (âgé) de six ans ; a six-year old un enfant (âgé) de six ans ; when you were one year old quand tu avais un an ; this bread is a week old ce pain est vieux d'une semaine ; a centuries-old tradition une tradition vieille de plusieurs siècles ; to be as old as sb/as the century avoir le même âge que qn/que le siècle ; I'm older than you je suis plus âgé que toi ; she is 10 years older than him elle a 10 ans de plus que lui ; the north wing is 100 years older than the east wing l'aile nord a été construite 100 ans avant l'aile est ; my older brother/sister mon frère aîné/ma sœur aînée ; an older man/woman un homme/une femme plus âgé/-e ; the older children play here les grands jouent ici ; I'll tell you when you're older je te le dirai quand tu seras plus grand ; he's going to be handsome when he's older ce sera un beau jeune homme plus tard ; as you get older you learn what really matters en vieillissant on apprend ce qui est vraiment important ; I'm the oldest c'est moi l'aîné/-e ; the oldest person there was 18 la personne la plus âgée de l'assemblée avait 18 ans ; old enough to be your father/mother assez vieux/vieille pour être ton père/ta mère ; to be old enough to do être en âge de faire ; you're old enough to know better à ton âge tu devrais avoir plus de bon sens ; you're too old for silly games ces jeux stupides ne sont plus de ton âge ; he's too old for you il est trop vieux pour toi ; that dress is too old for you cette robe fait trop vieux pour toi ; to be old for one's age être mûr pour son âge ;
    3 ( not new) [garment, object, car, song, tradition, family] vieux/vieille ; [story, excuse] classique ; [joke] rebattu ; an old friend un vieil ami ; the old town la vieille ville ; an old firm une maison établie depuis longtemps ;
    4 (former, previous) [address, school, job, boss, admirer, system] ancien/-ienne (before n) ; there's our old house voilà notre ancienne maison ; where is her old confidence? où est passée son ancienne assurance? ; do you see much of the old crowd ○ ? est-ce que tu en vois beaucoup de notre vieille bande ○ ? ; in the old days autrefois, dans le temps ; just like old times comme au bon vieux temps ; in the good old days au bon vieux temps ;
    5 ○ ( as term of affection) vieux/vieille ; there was old Jim il y avait ce bon vieux Jim ○ ; there's old Fido voilà ce brave vieux Fido ○ ; dear old Max ce cher vieux Max ○ ; good old Jon! ce bon vieux Jon ○ ! ; good old British weather! iron ce sacré ○ climat anglais! ; hello, old chap/girl†! salut, mon vieux/ma vieille ○ ! ; how are you, you old devil ○ ? ça va, vieux ○ ? ;
    6 ○ ( as intensifier) a right old battle/mess une sacrée bataille/pagaille ○ ; they were having a high ou rare old time ils s'amusaient comme des fous ○ ; just put them down any old how/where mets-les n'importe comment/où ; I don't want just any old doctor/any old car je ne veux pas de n'importe quel docteur/n'importe quelle voiture ; any old tie will do n'importe quelle cravate fera l'affaire. The irregular form vieil of the adjective vieux/vieille is used before masculine nouns beginning with a vowel or a mute ‘h’.

    Big English-French dictionary > old

  • 13 camino

    m.
    1 path, track (sendero).
    camino de Santiago Milky Way; (astronomy) = pilgrimage route to Santiago de Compostela (religion)
    camino trillado well-trodden path
    2 way.
    el camino de la estación the way to the station
    camino de on the way to
    está camino de la capital it's on the way to the capital
    a estas horas ya estarán en camino they'll be on their way by now
    me pilla de camino it's on my way
    en el o de camino on the way
    por este camino this way
    3 journey (viaje).
    nos espera un largo camino we have a long journey ahead of us
    ponerse en camino to set off
    4 road, footpath, pathway, track.
    5 cart track, cart road.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: caminar.
    * * *
    1 (vía) path, track
    2 (ruta) way, route
    3 (viaje) journey
    \
    a medio camino half-way
    abrir camino to clear the way (a, for)
    abrir el camino to clear the way (a, for)
    abrirse camino to make one's way
    abrirse camino en la vida to get on in life
    coger de camino / pillar de camino to be on the way
    estar en camino to be on the way
    ir camino de to be on one's way to
    ir por (el) buen/mal camino figurado to be on the right/wrong track
    llevar buen camino to be on the right track
    llevar camino de to be on the way to, be heading for, look set to
    ponerse en camino to set off (on a journey)
    camino de herradura bridle path
    camino forestal forest track
    el camino del éxito figurado the road to success
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) road, path, track
    2) way
    * * *
    SM
    1) [sin asfaltar] track; (=sendero) path; (=carretera) road

    Caminos, Canales y Puertos — (Univ) Civil Engineering

    camino de ingresos, camino de peaje — toll road

    camino de rosas, la vida no es ningún camino de rosas — life's no bed of roses

    camino forestal — forest track; [para paseos] forest trail

    = Camino de Santiago

    camino trillado, caminos turísticos no trillados — tourist routes that are off the beaten track

    experimentan con nuevas técnicas, huyen de los caminos trillados — they are experimenting with new techniques and avoiding conventional approaches o the well-trodden paths

    este escritor ha recorrido los caminos trillados de sus antecesores — this writer has been down the well-trodden paths followed by his predecessors

    2) (=ruta)
    a) (lit) way, route; (=viaje) journey

    ¿sabes el camino a su casa? — do you know the way to his house?

    ¿cuánto camino hay de aquí a San José? — how far is it from here to San José?

    • abrirse camino entre la multitud — to make one's way through the crowd

    • de camino a, lo puedo recoger de camino al trabajo — I can collect it on my way to work

    • echar camino adelante — to strike out

    • en el camino — on the way, en route

    tienen dos niños, y otro en camino — they have two children, and another on the way

    • a medio camino — halfway (there)

    a medio camino paramos para comer — halfway there, we stopped to eat

    • se quedaron a mitad de camino — they only got halfway (there)

    b) (fig) (=medio) path, course

    • el camino a seguir, yo te explico el camino a seguir — I'll tell you the way o route

    allanar el camino —

    ir camino de —

    traer a algn por buen camino — (=orientar) to put sb on the right track o road; (=desengañar) to set sb straight

    quedarse en el camino —

    un 70% sacó el diploma y el resto se quedó en el camino — 70 per cent of them got the diploma, the rest didn't make it

    no me fijo en mis rivales, yo sigo por mi camino — I don't take any notice of what my rivals are doing, I just do my own thing

    3) (Inform) path
    4) And, Cono Sur (=alfombra, tapete) runner, strip of carpet o matting
    CAMINO DE SANTIAGO The Camino de Santiago is a medieval pilgrim route stretching from the Pyrenees to Santiago de Compostela in northwest Spain, where tradition has it that the body of Saint James the Apostle (Spain's patron saint) is buried. Those who had made the long, dangerous journey returned proudly wearing on their hat or cloak the venera or concha (scallop shell) traditionally associated with this pilgrimage - Saint James' body had reportedly been found covered in scallops. Today this symbolic shell can still be seen all along the Camino de Santiago, carved on ancient buildings and painted on modern-day road signs marking the historic route for the benefit of tourists and pilgrims. In astronomy the Camino de Santiago is another name for the Vía Láctea (Milky Way), hence the title of Buñuel's famous satirical film about the route to Compostela.
    * * *
    1) ( de tierra) track; ( sendero) path; ( en general) road

    abrir nuevos caminos — to break new o fresh ground

    allanar or preparar or abrir el camino — to pave the way, prepare the ground

    el camino trillado — the well-worn o well-trodden path

    la vida no es un camino de rosas — life is no bed of roses

    tener el camino trillado: tenía el camino trillado he'd had the ground prepared for him; todos los caminos llevan or conducen a Roma — all roads lead to Rome

    2)
    a) (ruta, dirección) way

    me salieron al camino — asaltantes they blocked my path o way; amigos/niños they came out to meet me

    el camino a la fama — the road o path to fame

    se me fue por mal camino or por el otro camino — it went down the wrong way

    abrir camino a algo — to clear the way for something

    abrirse camino — to make one's way

    buen/mal camino: este niño va por mal camino or lleva mal camino this boy's heading for trouble; ibas por or llevabas buen camino pero te equivocaste you were on the right track but you made a mistake; las negociaciones van por or llevan muy buen camino the negotiations are going extremely well; llevar a alguien por mal camino to lead somebody astray; cruzarse en el camino de alguien: superó todos los obstáculos que se le cruzaron en el camino he overcame all the problems that arose; errar el camino to be in the wrong job o the wrong line of work; tirar por el camino de en medio — to take the middle path

    b) (trayecto, viaje)

    llevamos 300 kms/una hora de camino — we've done 300 kms/been traveling for an hour

    todavía estamos a o nos quedan dos horas de camino — we still have two hours to go

    paramos a mitad de camino or a medio camino — we stopped halfway

    cortar o acortar camino — to take a shortcut

    a mitad de or a medio camino — halfway through

    camino de/a: me encontré con él camino del or al mercado I ran into him on the o on my way to the market; ya vamos camino del invierno winter's on the way o on its way; llevar or ir camino de algo: una tradición que va camino de desaparecer a tradition which looks set to disappear; de camino on the way to; pilla de camino it's on the way; me queda de camino I pass it on my way; de camino a on the way; está de camino a la estación it is on the way to the station; en el camino or de camino al trabajo on my/his/her way o the way to work; en camino on the way; tiene un niño y otro en camino she has one child and another on the way; deben estar ya en camino they must be on their way already; por el camino — on the way

    •
    * * *
    = avenue, path, road, route, footpath, lane, pathway, way.
    Ex. In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.
    Ex. It can be in only one place, unless duplicates are used; one has to have rules as to which path will locate it, and the rules are cumbersome.
    Ex. Use of Woolston Library has declined slightly: the area is isolated by the River Itchen, a busy main road, and a natural escarpment.
    Ex. Each packet includes the address of the final destination, and the packets travel separately, perhaps taking different routes through the network.
    Ex. Equivalence relationships normally imply the selection of one form as the preferred term, as we have seen, so we make a cross-reference pointing from the non-preferred term to the preferred term: footpaths See Trails; Bovines USE Cattle.
    Ex. The title of the article is 'Changing lanes on the information superhighway: academic libraries and the Internet'.
    Ex. This system automates the scientific task of determining the pathway of steps underlying a chemical reaction.
    Ex. He has chosen self-denial and altruism as the way to follow.
    ----
    * abrir camino a = make + way (for).
    * abrir nuevos caminos = break + new ground, push + Nombre + into new latitudes, break + ground, blaze + trail.
    * abrirse camino = plough through, elbow + Posesivo + way into, elbow into, foist + Posesivo + way into, make + Posesivo + way in the world.
    * abrirse camino (a empujones) = push + Posesivo + way across/into.
    * abrirse camino en el mundo = make + Posesivo + way in the world.
    * abrirse camino en la vida = get on in + life.
    * abrir un camino = chart + direction.
    * al borde del camino = at the roadside.
    * alto en el camino = stopover.
    * a medio camino = halfway [half-way/half way].
    * a mitad de camino = halfway [half-way/half way].
    * a mitad de camino entre... y... = midway between, half way between... and....
    * a mitad de camino entre... y... = astride... and....
    * andar camino trillado = tread + well-worn ground.
    * apartarse del buen camino = go off + the rails, stray from + the straight and narrow.
    * apartarse del camino de la verdad = stray from + the straight and narrow.
    * apartarse de los caminos principales = go + off-road.
    * borde del camino = roadside, wayside.
    * buen camino, el = straight and narrow (path), the.
    * buscar el camino = wind + Posesivo + way.
    * cambiar de opinión a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.
    * cambiar de parecer a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.
    * cambiar de política a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.
    * camino apartado = byway.
    * camino a seguir, el = way forward, the.
    * camino correcto, el = way forward, the.
    * camino de acceso = approach path.
    * camino definido = charted route.
    * camino de herradura = bridle path, bridleway.
    * camino de la verdad, el = straight and narrow (path), the.
    * camino de tierra = dirt track, dirt road.
    * camino elevado = causeway.
    * camino hacia el estrellato = road to stardom.
    * camino hacia la fama = road to stardom.
    * camino largo y difícil = long haul.
    * camino largo y tortuoso = long and winding road.
    * camino lleno de baches = bumpy road.
    * camino más fácil, el = path of least resistance, the.
    * camino muy largo = circuitous route.
    * camino pecuario = cattle lane.
    * camino por recorrer, el = road ahead, the.
    * camino rural = country lane, country road.
    * camino seguro al desastre = blueprint for disaster.
    * camino seguro al éxito = blueprint for success.
    * camino seguro al fracaso = blueprint for failure.
    * camino sin rumbo = the road to nowhere.
    * camino trillado = worn path, beaten road.
    * camino vecinal = country road, minor road, back road.
    * construcción de caminos = road construction.
    * continuar + Posesivo camino = continue on + Posesivo + way.
    * cruce de caminos = crossroads, fork in the road.
    * cruzar en el camino de Alguien = cross + Posesivo + path.
    * cruzársele a Uno en el camino = come + Posesivo + way.
    * de camino = on the way, while we're at it.
    * de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.
    * descanso en el camino = rest stop.
    * desviarse del buen camino = go off + the rails.
    * detener en el camino = waylay.
    * detenerse en el camino = stop along + the way.
    * detenerse en el lado del camino = pull over.
    * el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino correcto = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está lleno de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está plagado de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino por recorrer = the way ahead.
    * el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * el camino recorrido = the road travelled so far.
    * el camino se hace andando = actions speak louder than words.
    * elegir el camino más fácil = take + the path of least resistance.
    * en camino = on the way.
    * encontrar el camino = wayfinding.
    * encontrar el camino de vuelta = find + Posesivo + way back.
    * en el camino = along the way, en route, in the process.
    * estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....
    * estar de camino a = be on the road to.
    * estar en camino de = be on the way to.
    * fuera de los caminos trillados = off the beaten track.
    * hacerse camino = foist + Posesivo + way into.
    * hacer una parada en el camino = stop along + the way.
    * hallar el camino de la verdad = think + Posesivo + way to the truth.
    * indicar el camino a seguir = point + the way forward.
    * indicar el camino a seguir para = point + the way to.
    * indicar el camino correcto = point + Nombre + in the right direction.
    * ingeniería de caminos = civil engineering.
    * ingeniero de caminos = civil engineer.
    * ir por buen camino = be on the right track.
    * ir por el buen camino = be right on track.
    * ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * junto al camino = by the roadside.
    * lado del camino = wayside.
    * ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.
    * llevar camino de enfrentamiento con = be on a collision course with.
    * llevar por el camino de = lead + Pronombre + down the road to.
    * llevar por el mal camino = lead + astray.
    * llevar por mal camino = mislead.
    * mantener Algo en el buen camino = keep + Nombre + on track.
    * marcar el camino correcto = point + Nombre + in the right direction.
    * mostrar el camino = blaze + the way, light + the way.
    * mostrar el camino a seguir = point + the way forward.
    * mostrar el camino para = point + the way to, show + the way to.
    * no apartarse del buen camino = keep on + the right track.
    * parada en el camino = rest stop, stop along the way.
    * parapeto del camino = road bank.
    * pararse en el lado del camino = pull over.
    * perderse por los caminos secundarios = go + off-road.
    * por buen camino = a step in the right direction.
    * por caminos apartados = off-road.
    * por mal camino = astray.
    * preparar el camino = set + the scene, smooth + the way, open + the way, set + the stage, pave + the path (for/towards/to), pave + the way (for/towards/to), pave + the road (for/towards/to).
    * preparar el camino para = smooth + the path of.
    * quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.
    * retomar el camino = get back on + Posesivo + path.
    * retomar su camino = get back on + track.
    * seguir el buen camino = keep on + the right track, keep on + the straight and narrow.
    * seguir el camino de la verdad = keep on + the straight and narrow.
    * seguir el camino más ético = take + the high ground, take + the high road.
    * seguir este camino = go along + this road.
    * seguir por el buen camino = keep out of + trouble, keep on + the right track.
    * seguir un camino = take + path, take + direction, tread + path, walk + path.
    * seguir un camino diferente = strike out on + a different path.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * un alto en el camino = a stop on the road, a pit stop on the road.
    * un camino largo y difícil = a long haul.
    * volver a su camino = get back on + track, get back on + Posesivo + path.
    * * *
    1) ( de tierra) track; ( sendero) path; ( en general) road

    abrir nuevos caminos — to break new o fresh ground

    allanar or preparar or abrir el camino — to pave the way, prepare the ground

    el camino trillado — the well-worn o well-trodden path

    la vida no es un camino de rosas — life is no bed of roses

    tener el camino trillado: tenía el camino trillado he'd had the ground prepared for him; todos los caminos llevan or conducen a Roma — all roads lead to Rome

    2)
    a) (ruta, dirección) way

    me salieron al camino — asaltantes they blocked my path o way; amigos/niños they came out to meet me

    el camino a la fama — the road o path to fame

    se me fue por mal camino or por el otro camino — it went down the wrong way

    abrir camino a algo — to clear the way for something

    abrirse camino — to make one's way

    buen/mal camino: este niño va por mal camino or lleva mal camino this boy's heading for trouble; ibas por or llevabas buen camino pero te equivocaste you were on the right track but you made a mistake; las negociaciones van por or llevan muy buen camino the negotiations are going extremely well; llevar a alguien por mal camino to lead somebody astray; cruzarse en el camino de alguien: superó todos los obstáculos que se le cruzaron en el camino he overcame all the problems that arose; errar el camino to be in the wrong job o the wrong line of work; tirar por el camino de en medio — to take the middle path

    b) (trayecto, viaje)

    llevamos 300 kms/una hora de camino — we've done 300 kms/been traveling for an hour

    todavía estamos a o nos quedan dos horas de camino — we still have two hours to go

    paramos a mitad de camino or a medio camino — we stopped halfway

    cortar o acortar camino — to take a shortcut

    a mitad de or a medio camino — halfway through

    camino de/a: me encontré con él camino del or al mercado I ran into him on the o on my way to the market; ya vamos camino del invierno winter's on the way o on its way; llevar or ir camino de algo: una tradición que va camino de desaparecer a tradition which looks set to disappear; de camino on the way to; pilla de camino it's on the way; me queda de camino I pass it on my way; de camino a on the way; está de camino a la estación it is on the way to the station; en el camino or de camino al trabajo on my/his/her way o the way to work; en camino on the way; tiene un niño y otro en camino she has one child and another on the way; deben estar ya en camino they must be on their way already; por el camino — on the way

    •
    * * *
    = avenue, path, road, route, footpath, lane, pathway, way.

    Ex: In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.

    Ex: It can be in only one place, unless duplicates are used; one has to have rules as to which path will locate it, and the rules are cumbersome.
    Ex: Use of Woolston Library has declined slightly: the area is isolated by the River Itchen, a busy main road, and a natural escarpment.
    Ex: Each packet includes the address of the final destination, and the packets travel separately, perhaps taking different routes through the network.
    Ex: Equivalence relationships normally imply the selection of one form as the preferred term, as we have seen, so we make a cross-reference pointing from the non-preferred term to the preferred term: footpaths See Trails; Bovines USE Cattle.
    Ex: The title of the article is 'Changing lanes on the information superhighway: academic libraries and the Internet'.
    Ex: This system automates the scientific task of determining the pathway of steps underlying a chemical reaction.
    Ex: He has chosen self-denial and altruism as the way to follow.
    * abrir camino a = make + way (for).
    * abrir nuevos caminos = break + new ground, push + Nombre + into new latitudes, break + ground, blaze + trail.
    * abrirse camino = plough through, elbow + Posesivo + way into, elbow into, foist + Posesivo + way into, make + Posesivo + way in the world.
    * abrirse camino (a empujones) = push + Posesivo + way across/into.
    * abrirse camino en el mundo = make + Posesivo + way in the world.
    * abrirse camino en la vida = get on in + life.
    * abrir un camino = chart + direction.
    * al borde del camino = at the roadside.
    * alto en el camino = stopover.
    * a medio camino = halfway [half-way/half way].
    * a mitad de camino = halfway [half-way/half way].
    * a mitad de camino entre... y... = midway between, half way between... and....
    * a mitad de camino entre... y... = astride... and....
    * andar camino trillado = tread + well-worn ground.
    * apartarse del buen camino = go off + the rails, stray from + the straight and narrow.
    * apartarse del camino de la verdad = stray from + the straight and narrow.
    * apartarse de los caminos principales = go + off-road.
    * borde del camino = roadside, wayside.
    * buen camino, el = straight and narrow (path), the.
    * buscar el camino = wind + Posesivo + way.
    * cambiar de opinión a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.
    * cambiar de parecer a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.
    * cambiar de política a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.
    * camino apartado = byway.
    * camino a seguir, el = way forward, the.
    * camino correcto, el = way forward, the.
    * camino de acceso = approach path.
    * camino definido = charted route.
    * camino de herradura = bridle path, bridleway.
    * camino de la verdad, el = straight and narrow (path), the.
    * camino de tierra = dirt track, dirt road.
    * camino elevado = causeway.
    * camino hacia el estrellato = road to stardom.
    * camino hacia la fama = road to stardom.
    * camino largo y difícil = long haul.
    * camino largo y tortuoso = long and winding road.
    * camino lleno de baches = bumpy road.
    * camino más fácil, el = path of least resistance, the.
    * camino muy largo = circuitous route.
    * camino pecuario = cattle lane.
    * camino por recorrer, el = road ahead, the.
    * camino rural = country lane, country road.
    * camino seguro al desastre = blueprint for disaster.
    * camino seguro al éxito = blueprint for success.
    * camino seguro al fracaso = blueprint for failure.
    * camino sin rumbo = the road to nowhere.
    * camino trillado = worn path, beaten road.
    * camino vecinal = country road, minor road, back road.
    * construcción de caminos = road construction.
    * continuar + Posesivo camino = continue on + Posesivo + way.
    * cruce de caminos = crossroads, fork in the road.
    * cruzar en el camino de Alguien = cross + Posesivo + path.
    * cruzársele a Uno en el camino = come + Posesivo + way.
    * de camino = on the way, while we're at it.
    * de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.
    * descanso en el camino = rest stop.
    * desviarse del buen camino = go off + the rails.
    * detener en el camino = waylay.
    * detenerse en el camino = stop along + the way.
    * detenerse en el lado del camino = pull over.
    * el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino correcto = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está lleno de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está plagado de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino por recorrer = the way ahead.
    * el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * el camino recorrido = the road travelled so far.
    * el camino se hace andando = actions speak louder than words.
    * elegir el camino más fácil = take + the path of least resistance.
    * en camino = on the way.
    * encontrar el camino = wayfinding.
    * encontrar el camino de vuelta = find + Posesivo + way back.
    * en el camino = along the way, en route, in the process.
    * estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....
    * estar de camino a = be on the road to.
    * estar en camino de = be on the way to.
    * fuera de los caminos trillados = off the beaten track.
    * hacerse camino = foist + Posesivo + way into.
    * hacer una parada en el camino = stop along + the way.
    * hallar el camino de la verdad = think + Posesivo + way to the truth.
    * indicar el camino a seguir = point + the way forward.
    * indicar el camino a seguir para = point + the way to.
    * indicar el camino correcto = point + Nombre + in the right direction.
    * ingeniería de caminos = civil engineering.
    * ingeniero de caminos = civil engineer.
    * ir por buen camino = be on the right track.
    * ir por el buen camino = be right on track.
    * ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * junto al camino = by the roadside.
    * lado del camino = wayside.
    * ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.
    * llevar camino de enfrentamiento con = be on a collision course with.
    * llevar por el camino de = lead + Pronombre + down the road to.
    * llevar por el mal camino = lead + astray.
    * llevar por mal camino = mislead.
    * mantener Algo en el buen camino = keep + Nombre + on track.
    * marcar el camino correcto = point + Nombre + in the right direction.
    * mostrar el camino = blaze + the way, light + the way.
    * mostrar el camino a seguir = point + the way forward.
    * mostrar el camino para = point + the way to, show + the way to.
    * no apartarse del buen camino = keep on + the right track.
    * parada en el camino = rest stop, stop along the way.
    * parapeto del camino = road bank.
    * pararse en el lado del camino = pull over.
    * perderse por los caminos secundarios = go + off-road.
    * por buen camino = a step in the right direction.
    * por caminos apartados = off-road.
    * por mal camino = astray.
    * preparar el camino = set + the scene, smooth + the way, open + the way, set + the stage, pave + the path (for/towards/to), pave + the way (for/towards/to), pave + the road (for/towards/to).
    * preparar el camino para = smooth + the path of.
    * quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.
    * retomar el camino = get back on + Posesivo + path.
    * retomar su camino = get back on + track.
    * seguir el buen camino = keep on + the right track, keep on + the straight and narrow.
    * seguir el camino de la verdad = keep on + the straight and narrow.
    * seguir el camino más ético = take + the high ground, take + the high road.
    * seguir este camino = go along + this road.
    * seguir por el buen camino = keep out of + trouble, keep on + the right track.
    * seguir un camino = take + path, take + direction, tread + path, walk + path.
    * seguir un camino diferente = strike out on + a different path.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * un alto en el camino = a stop on the road, a pit stop on the road.
    * un camino largo y difícil = a long haul.
    * volver a su camino = get back on + track, get back on + Posesivo + path.

    * * *
    camino Camino de Santiago (↑ camino a1)
    A (de tierra) track; (sendero) path; (en general) road
    sigan por ese camino continue along that path ( o road etc)
    han abierto/hecho un caminito a través del bosque they've opened up/made a path o little track through the wood
    están todos los caminos cortados all the roads are blocked
    abrir nuevos caminos to break new o fresh ground
    allanar or preparar or abrir el camino to pave the way, prepare the ground
    el camino trillado the well-worn o well-trodden path
    la vida no es un camino de rosas life is no bed of roses, life isn't a bowl of cherries
    tener el camino trillado: tenía el camino trillado he'd had the ground prepared for him
    todos los caminos llevan or conducen a Roma: por todos los caminos se va a Roma all roads lead to Rome
    el camino del infierno está empedrado de buenas intenciones the road to hell is paved o strewn with good intentions
    Compuestos:
    bridle path
    towpath
    ( Hist) highway
    ● Caminos, Canales y Puertos
    civil engineering ingeniero
    B
    1 (ruta, dirección) way
    tomamos el camino más corto we took the shortest route o way
    ¿sabes el camino para ir allí? do you know how to get there?, do you know the way there?
    me salieron al camino «asaltantes» they blocked my path o way;
    «amigos/niños» they came out to meet me
    afrontaron todas las dificultades que se les presentaron en el camino they faced up to all the difficulties in their path
    éste es el mejor camino a seguir en estas circunstancias this is the best course to follow in these circumstances
    por ese camino no vas a ninguna parte you won't get anywhere that way o like that
    al terminar la carrera cada cual se fue por su camino after completing their studies they all went their separate ways
    sigue caminos muy diferentes de los trazados por sus predecesores he is taking very different paths from those of his predecessors
    se me fue por mal caminoor por el otro camino it went down the wrong way
    abrir(le) camino (a algo/algn) to clear the way (for sth/sb)
    los vehículos que abrían camino a los corredores the vehicles that were clearing the way for the runners
    abrirse camino to make one's way
    se abrió camino entre la espesura/a través de la multitud she made her way through the dense thickets/through the crowds of people
    no es fácil abrirse camino en esa profesión it's not easy to carve a niche for oneself in that profession
    estas técnicas se están abriendo camino entre nuestros médicos these techniques are gaining ground o are beginning to gain acceptance with our doctors
    tuvo que luchar mucho para abrirse camino en la vida he had to fight hard to get on in life
    buen/mal camino: este niño va por mal caminoor lleva mal camino this boy's heading for trouble
    ya tiene trabajo, va por buen camino he's found a job already, he's doing well
    ibas por or llevabas buen camino pero te equivocaste aquí you were on the right track o lines, but you made a mistake here
    las negociaciones van por or llevan muy buen camino the negotiations are going extremely well o very smoothly
    llevar a algn por mal camino to lead sb astray
    cruzarse en el camino de algn: la mala suerte se cruzó en su camino he ran up against o came up against some bad luck
    supo superar todos los obstáculos que se le cruzaron en el camino he was able to overcome all the problems which arose o which he came across
    errar el camino to be in the wrong job o the wrong line of work
    2
    (trayecto, viaje): emprendimos el camino de regreso we set out on the return journey
    se me hizo muy largo el camino the journey seemed to take forever
    lo debí perder en el camino de casa al trabajo I must have lost it on my o on the way to work
    se pusieron en camino al amanecer they set off at dawn
    llevamos ya una hora de camino we've been traveling for an hour now, we've been on the road for an hour now
    estamos todavía a dos horas de camino we still have two hours to go o two hours ahead of us
    paramos a mitad de caminoor a medio camino a descansar we stopped halfway to rest
    por aquí cortamos or acortamos camino we can take a shortcut this way o this way's shorter
    hizo todo el camino a pie he walked the whole way, he did the whole journey on foot
    se ha avanzado mucho en este campo, pero queda aún mucho camino por recorrer great advances have been made in this field, but there's still a long way to go
    el camino será largo y difícil, pero venceremos the road will be long and difficult, but we shall be victorious
    quedarse a mitad de or a medio camino: iba para médico, pero se quedó a mitad de camino he was studying to be a doctor, but he never completed the course o he gave up halfway through the course
    el programa de remodelación se quedó a medio camino the renovation project was left unfinished
    no creo que terminemos este año, ni siquiera estamos a mitad de camino I don't think we'll finish it this year, we're not even half way through yet
    3 ( en locs):
    camino de/a: me encontré con él camino del or al mercado I ran into him on the o on my way to the market
    ya vamos camino del invierno winter's coming o approaching, winter's on the way o on its way
    llevar or ir camino de algo: un actor que va camino del estrellato an actor on his way o on the road to stardom, an actor heading for stardom, an actor who looks set for stardom
    van camino de la bancarrota they are on the road to o heading for bankruptcy, they look set to go bankrupt
    una tradición que va camino de desaparecer a tradition which looks set to disappear
    de camino: tu casa me queda de camino I pass your house on my way, your house is on my way
    ve por el pan y, de camino, compra el periódico go and get the bread and buy a newspaper on the way o your way
    de camino a: íbamos de camino a Zacatecas we were on our way o the way to Zacatecas
    está de camino a la estación it is on the way to the station
    en el caminoor de camino al trabajo paso por tres bancos I pass three banks on my way o the way to work
    en camino: deben estar ya en camino they must be on the o on their way already
    tiene un niño y otro en camino she has one child and another on the way
    por el camino on the way
    te lo cuento por el camino I'll tell you on the way
    Compuestos:
    Inca trail
    el Camino de Santiago ( Hist, Relig) the pilgrims' road to Santiago;
    ( Astron) the Milky Way
    * * *

     

    Del verbo caminar: ( conjugate caminar)

    camino es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    caminó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    caminar    
    camino
    caminar ( conjugate caminar) verbo intransitivo
    1 ( andar) to walk;

    podemos ir caminando we can walk, we can go on foot;
    camino hacia algo ‹hacia meta/fin› to move toward(s) sth
    2 (AmL) [reloj/motor] to work;

    verbo transitivo ‹ distancia› to walk
    camino sustantivo masculino
    1 ( en general) road;
    ( de tierra) track;
    ( sendero) path;

    2
    a) (ruta, dirección) way;


    me salieron al camino [ asaltantes] they blocked my path o way;

    [ amigos] they came out to meet me;

    el camino a la fama the road o path to fame;
    se abrió camino entre la espesura she made her way through the dense thickets;
    abrirse camino en la vida to get on in life;
    buen/mal camino: este niño va por mal camino this boy's heading for trouble;
    ibas por buen camino pero te equivocaste you were on the right track but you made a mistake;
    llevar a algn por mal camino to lead sb astray
    b) (trayecto, viaje):


    se pusieron en camino they set off;
    todavía nos quedan dos horas de camino we still have two hours to go
    c) ( en locs)

    ◊ camino de/a … on my/his/her way to …;

    ir camino de algo: una tradición que va camino de desaparecer a tradition which looks set to disappear;
    de camino on the way;
    pilla de camino it's on the way;
    me queda de camino I pass it on my way;
    de camino a la estación on the way to the station;
    en camino on the way;
    deben estar ya en camino they must be on their way already;
    por el camino on the way;
    a mitad de or a medio camino halfway through
    caminar
    I verbo intransitivo to walk
    II verbo transitivo (recorrer a pie) to cover,walk: camino un par de kilómetros diarios, I walk two kilometres every day
    camino sustantivo masculino
    1 (estrecho, sin asfaltar) path, track
    (en general) road
    2 (itinerario, ruta) route, way
    3 (medio, modo) way
    ♦ Locuciones: coger o pillar de camino, to be on the way
    estar en camino, to be on the way
    ir camino de, to be going to
    figurado ir por buen/mal camino, to be on the right/wrong track
    ponerse en camino, to set off
    a medio camino, halfway: lo deja todo a medio camino, she drops everything she starts halfway through
    figurado una casa de turismo rural es un sitio a medio camino entre un hotel y una casa de labranza, a rural tourism house is something halfway between a hotel and a farmhouse
    de camino a, on the way to
    ' camino' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrirse
    - acceso
    - ahorrar
    - andar
    - baja
    - bajo
    - bifurcación
    - borde
    - caminar
    - como
    - conducir
    - cruzarse
    - desbloquear
    - desviarse
    - dificultosa
    - dificultoso
    - división
    - empinada
    - empinado
    - enderezar
    - enfilar
    - enrevesada
    - enrevesado
    - enseñar
    - entorpecer
    - escultórica
    - escultórico
    - franca
    - franco
    - ir
    - guiar
    - horqueta
    - indicar
    - interponerse
    - intersectarse
    - intrincada
    - intrincado
    - lado
    - marcha
    - margen
    - media
    - mitad
    - mostrar
    - obstáculo
    - orientar
    - orilla
    - paso
    - pillar
    - por
    - promedio
    English:
    astray
    - blaze
    - bridle path
    - circuitous
    - claw
    - concrete
    - devious
    - dirt road
    - drive
    - driveway
    - en route
    - fight
    - footpath
    - guide
    - half-way
    - lane
    - midway
    - passable
    - path
    - pathway
    - pave
    - road
    - rocky
    - rough
    - set off
    - set out
    - show
    - signpost
    - sloping
    - stray
    - strike out
    - struggle on
    - thrust aside
    - towpath
    - track
    - up
    - uphill
    - wade through
    - way
    - wayside
    - weave
    - wind
    - winding
    - work
    - work up to
    - bound
    - by
    - continue
    - direct
    - do
    * * *
    camino nm
    1. [sendero] path, track;
    [carretera] road;
    han abierto un camino a través de la selva they've cleared a path through the jungle;
    acorté por el camino del bosque I took a shortcut through the forest;
    Univ
    Caminos(, Canales y Puertos) [ingeniería] civil engineering;
    la vida no es un camino de rosas life is no bed of roses;
    todos los caminos llevan a Roma all roads lead to Rome
    camino de acceso access road; Fam Fig camino de cabras rugged path;
    camino forestal forest track;
    camino de grava gravel path;
    camino de herradura bridle path;
    camino de hierro railway, US railroad;
    Am camino de mesa table runner; Hist camino real king's highway;
    Camino de Santiago Rel = pilgrimage route to Santiago de Compostela;
    Astron Milky Way;
    camino de sirga towpath;
    Fig camino trillado well-trodden path; Fig
    tiene el camino trillado the hard work has already been done for him;
    camino vecinal country lane
    2. [ruta, vía] way;
    el camino de la estación the way to the station;
    equivocarse de camino to go the wrong way;
    indicar el camino a alguien to show sb the way;
    no recuerdo el camino de vuelta I can't remember the way back;
    iremos por el camino más corto we'll go by the shortest route, we'll go the quickest way;
    está camino de la capital it's on the way to the capital;
    me encontré a Elena camino de casa I met Elena on the way home;
    de camino [de paso] on the way;
    ve a comprar el periódico, y de camino sube también la leche go for the newspaper and bring the milk up while you're at it;
    me pilla de camino it's on my way;
    a estas horas ya estarán en camino they'll be on their way by now;
    en el camino on the way;
    por este camino this way
    3. [viaje] journey;
    nos espera un largo camino we have a long journey ahead of us;
    se detuvieron tras cinco horas de camino they stopped after they had been on the road for five hours;
    estamos casi a mitad de camino we're about halfway there;
    pararemos a mitad de camino we'll stop halfway;
    hicimos un alto en el camino para comer we stopped (along the way) to have a bite to eat;
    también Fig
    todavía nos queda mucho camino por delante we've still got a long way to go;
    ponerse en camino to set off
    4. [medio] way;
    el camino para conseguir tus propósitos es la honestidad the way to get what you want is to be honest
    5. Comp
    abrir camino a to clear the way for;
    el hermano mayor ha abierto camino a los pequeños the older brother cleared the way for the younger ones;
    dos jinetes abrían camino a la procesión two people rode ahead to clear a path for the procession;
    abrirse camino to get on o ahead;
    se abrió camino entre la maraña de defensas he found a way through the cluster of defenders;
    abrirse camino en el mundo to make one's way in the world;
    le costó mucho abrirse camino, pero ahora tiene una buena posición it wasn't easy for him to get on, but he's got a good job now;
    allanar el camino to smooth the way;
    atravesarse o [m5] cruzarse o [m5] interponerse en el camino de alguien to stand in sb's way;
    no permitiré que nadie se cruce en mi camino I won't let anyone stand in my way;
    Fam
    tienen un bebé en camino they've got a baby on the way;
    ir por buen camino to be on the right track;
    ir por mal camino to go astray;
    con su comportamiento, estos alumnos van por mal camino the way they are behaving, these pupils are heading for trouble;
    fueron cada cual por su camino they went their separate ways;
    van camino del desastre/éxito they're on the road to disaster/success;
    va o [m5] lleva camino de convertirse en estrella she's on her way to stardom;
    a medio camino halfway;
    siempre deja todo a medio camino she always leaves things half-done;
    estar a medio camino to be halfway there;
    está a medio camino entre un delantero y un centrocampista he's somewhere between a forward and a midfielder;
    quedarse a medio camino to stop halfway through;
    el proyecto se quedó a medio camino por falta de presupuesto the project was left unfinished o was abandoned halfway through because the funds dried up;
    iba para estrella, pero se quedó a mitad de camino she looked as if she would become a star, but never quite made it;
    traer a alguien al buen camino to put sb back on the right track
    CAMINO DE SANTIAGO
    The Galician city of Santiago de Compostela in northwestern Spain, traditionally held to be the burial site of the Apostle St James, was one of the most important Christian pilgrimage centres in Europe during the Middle Ages, second only to Rome. Countless pilgrims made the journey from different parts of Europe to Santiago along recognized pilgrimage routes. The main one crosses the north of Spain from the Pyrenees to Galicia and is known as the Camino de Santiago. Although its religious significance has declined, it has become a popular tourist route attracting a wide range of travellers: nature lovers on day trips, hikers and cyclists, and even latter-day pilgrims, whether solitary walkers or on package tours. Many of them avail themselves of the free or low-cost accommodation provided along the way by local councils and religious institutions.
    * * *
    m
    1 ( senda) path;
    no es (todo) un camino de rosas it isn’t all a bed of roses
    2 INFOR path
    3 ( ruta) way;
    a medio camino halfway;
    de camino a on the way to;
    por el camino on the way;
    camino de on the way to;
    abrirse camino fig make one’s way;
    estar en camino be on the way;
    abrirse camino en la vida get on;
    ir por buen/mal camino fig be on the right/wrong track;
    abrir camino hacia algo fig pave the way for sth;
    mitad de camino fig leave sth half finished
    * * *
    camino nm
    1) : path, road
    2) : journey
    ponerse en camino: to set off
    3) : way
    a medio camino: halfway there
    * * *
    1. (sendero) path
    2. (ruta, medio) way
    camino de on the way / on your way
    ponerse en camino to set off [pt. & pp. set]

    Spanish-English dictionary > camino

  • 14 representar

    v.
    1 to represent.
    este cuadro representa la Última Cena this painting depicts the Last Supper
    Ellos representan campiñas They depict fields.
    María representa a la madrastra Mary plays the part of the stepmom.
    Esto representa lo malo This represents the bad.
    representa a varios artistas she acts as an agent for several artists
    3 to look.
    representa unos 40 años she looks about 40
    4 to mean.
    representa el 50 por ciento del consumo interno it accounts for 50 percent of domestic consumption
    representa mucho para él it means a lot to him
    5 to perform (Teatro) (función).
    6 to act out, to represent, to act.
    Ella representó bien esa escena She acted the scene out very well.
    7 to act in someone's representation, to represent, to act in behalf of, to act in representation of.
    María representa a Ricardo Mary acts in John's representation.
    * * *
    1 (gen) to represent
    2 (símbolo) to represent, stand for
    3 TEATRO (obra) to perform; (papel) to play (the part of)
    4 (aparentar) to appear to be, look
    5 (importar) to mean
    1 (imaginarse) to imagine, picture
    * * *
    verb
    •
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=actuar en nombre de) [+ país, votantes] to represent; [+ cliente, acusado] to act for, represent
    2) (=simbolizar) to symbolize, represent
    3) (=reproducir) to depict

    nuevas formas de representar el mundo — new ways of representing o portraying o depicting the world

    4) (=equivaler a) [+ porcentaje, mejora, peligro] to represent; [+ amenaza] to pose, represent

    obtuvieron unos beneficios de 1,7 billones, lo que representa un incremento del 28% sobre el año pasado — they made profits of 1.7 billion, which represents an increase of 28% on last year

    los bantúes representan el 70% de los habitantes de Suráfrica — the Bantu account for o represent 70% of the inhabitants of South Africa

    5) (=requerir) [+ trabajo, esfuerzo, sacrificio] to involve
    6) (Teat) [+ obra] to perform; [+ papel] to play

    ¿quién va a representar el papel que tenía antes la URSS? — who's going to play the part o role previously played by the USSR?

    7) (=aparentar) [+ edad] to look
    8) (=hacer imaginar) to point out
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) <persona/organización/país> to represent
    2) < obra> to perform, put on
    3) ( aparentar) to look
    4) ( simbolizar) to symbolize
    5) ( reproducir) dibujo/fotografía/escena to show, depict; obra/novela to portray, depict
    6) (equivaler a, significar) to represent

    esto representa un aumento del 5% — this represents a 5% increase

    2.
    representarse v pron to picture, imagine
    * * *
    = account for, act out, become + cast, depict, depict, embody, package, represent, stage, stand for, render, portray, symbolise [symbolize, -USA], enact, dramatise [dramatize, -USA], plot, chart, map, incarnate, stand as, betoken, picture, construct, encapsulate.
    Ex. The major four categories of physical forms outlined so far account for most of the published indexes and catalogues.
    Ex. The use of the form connotes peculiarity (the people so described are acting out a somewhat inappropriate role) and passiveness (they are not actively participating in that role).
    Ex. Any action that is repeated frequently become cast into a pattern which can be reproduced with an economy of effort which, ipso facto, is apprehended by its performer as a pattern.
    Ex. Trial procedures aiming to increase service recognition and service usage, and the evaluation thereof, are then depicted.
    Ex. A globe is a model of a celestial body, usually the earth or the celestial sphere, depicted on the surface of a sphere.
    Ex. In alphabetical indexing languages, such as are embodied in thesauri and subject headings lists, subject terms are the alphabetical names of the subjects.
    Ex. Documents rarely exactly match a user's requirements because information can be packaged in almost as many different ways as there are participants in a subject area.
    Ex. Cartographic materials are, according to AACR2, all the materials that represent, in whole or in part, the earth or any celestial body.
    Ex. Book shops also participated by staging similar special features.
    Ex. MARC stands for Machine Readable Cataloguing.
    Ex. The eventuality is, admittedly, remote but it is also necessary to render the imprint statement in this amount of detail.
    Ex. Hardy had a tragic vision of life and that indeed is what the novels portray.
    Ex. The library symbolises freedom for the reader to pursue his own desires, however inchoate.
    Ex. The author describes how, as a teacher, she introduced pre-school children to books by reading to them, and developed older children's critical interest by reading, discussing and enacting popular fables.
    Ex. This article describes how a group of 12-18 teenage volunteers formed a group to dramatise children's books for young children and their parents at a public library.
    Ex. The technique 'Trend Projection' graphically plots future trends based on past experience.
    Ex. This article describes how Australia was depicted on early maps of the world charted by the Portuguese and Dutch seafarers from 1452 to the present day.
    Ex. Defining a revolution in progress is like mapping the lava flow from an active volcano well nigh impossible and extremely dangerous.
    Ex. For them, it incarnated modernity and materialism, civilization rather than culture, materialism rather than spiritualism.
    Ex. Meantime, our new library stand as as a confident symbol of the importance of ALL librarires to the nation's cultural, educational and economic success.
    Ex. The faintly irritating moralising tone of this book betokens a real human interest, which must be recovered if there is to be a dialogue of real content.
    Ex. In most cases authors pictured incest as an assault against the innocent, but they often saw the abuser, especially the father, as a victim of himself and he is rarely punished with prison.
    Ex. It is argued that newspaper reporting of bigamy constructs bigamists as being a threat to the institution of marriage.
    Ex. The Manifesto encapsulates the principles and priorities of public libraries in widely varying contexts.
    ----
    * estar demasiado representado = overrepresent.
    * imposible de representar = unmappable.
    * que no representa reto = unchallenging.
    * representar a = act for.
    * representar con una gráfica = graph.
    * representar en exceso = overrepresent.
    * representar en mente = visualise [visualize, -USA].
    * representar gráficamente = map.
    * representar insuficientemente = underrepresent [under-represent].
    * representar la diferencia entre... y = represent + the difference between... and.
    * representar mal = misrepresent.
    * representar una idea = dramatise + idea.
    * representar una obra = put on + performance, put on + play.
    * representar un peligro = pose + danger.
    * término que representa un único concepto = one concept term.
    * volver a representar = remap.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) <persona/organización/país> to represent
    2) < obra> to perform, put on
    3) ( aparentar) to look
    4) ( simbolizar) to symbolize
    5) ( reproducir) dibujo/fotografía/escena to show, depict; obra/novela to portray, depict
    6) (equivaler a, significar) to represent

    esto representa un aumento del 5% — this represents a 5% increase

    2.
    representarse v pron to picture, imagine
    * * *
    = account for, act out, become + cast, depict, depict, embody, package, represent, stage, stand for, render, portray, symbolise [symbolize, -USA], enact, dramatise [dramatize, -USA], plot, chart, map, incarnate, stand as, betoken, picture, construct, encapsulate.

    Ex: The major four categories of physical forms outlined so far account for most of the published indexes and catalogues.

    Ex: The use of the form connotes peculiarity (the people so described are acting out a somewhat inappropriate role) and passiveness (they are not actively participating in that role).
    Ex: Any action that is repeated frequently become cast into a pattern which can be reproduced with an economy of effort which, ipso facto, is apprehended by its performer as a pattern.
    Ex: Trial procedures aiming to increase service recognition and service usage, and the evaluation thereof, are then depicted.
    Ex: A globe is a model of a celestial body, usually the earth or the celestial sphere, depicted on the surface of a sphere.
    Ex: In alphabetical indexing languages, such as are embodied in thesauri and subject headings lists, subject terms are the alphabetical names of the subjects.
    Ex: Documents rarely exactly match a user's requirements because information can be packaged in almost as many different ways as there are participants in a subject area.
    Ex: Cartographic materials are, according to AACR2, all the materials that represent, in whole or in part, the earth or any celestial body.
    Ex: Book shops also participated by staging similar special features.
    Ex: MARC stands for Machine Readable Cataloguing.
    Ex: The eventuality is, admittedly, remote but it is also necessary to render the imprint statement in this amount of detail.
    Ex: Hardy had a tragic vision of life and that indeed is what the novels portray.
    Ex: The library symbolises freedom for the reader to pursue his own desires, however inchoate.
    Ex: The author describes how, as a teacher, she introduced pre-school children to books by reading to them, and developed older children's critical interest by reading, discussing and enacting popular fables.
    Ex: This article describes how a group of 12-18 teenage volunteers formed a group to dramatise children's books for young children and their parents at a public library.
    Ex: The technique 'Trend Projection' graphically plots future trends based on past experience.
    Ex: This article describes how Australia was depicted on early maps of the world charted by the Portuguese and Dutch seafarers from 1452 to the present day.
    Ex: Defining a revolution in progress is like mapping the lava flow from an active volcano well nigh impossible and extremely dangerous.
    Ex: For them, it incarnated modernity and materialism, civilization rather than culture, materialism rather than spiritualism.
    Ex: Meantime, our new library stand as as a confident symbol of the importance of ALL librarires to the nation's cultural, educational and economic success.
    Ex: The faintly irritating moralising tone of this book betokens a real human interest, which must be recovered if there is to be a dialogue of real content.
    Ex: In most cases authors pictured incest as an assault against the innocent, but they often saw the abuser, especially the father, as a victim of himself and he is rarely punished with prison.
    Ex: It is argued that newspaper reporting of bigamy constructs bigamists as being a threat to the institution of marriage.
    Ex: The Manifesto encapsulates the principles and priorities of public libraries in widely varying contexts.
    * estar demasiado representado = overrepresent.
    * imposible de representar = unmappable.
    * que no representa reto = unchallenging.
    * representar a = act for.
    * representar con una gráfica = graph.
    * representar en exceso = overrepresent.
    * representar en mente = visualise [visualize, -USA].
    * representar gráficamente = map.
    * representar insuficientemente = underrepresent [under-represent].
    * representar la diferencia entre... y = represent + the difference between... and.
    * representar mal = misrepresent.
    * representar una idea = dramatise + idea.
    * representar una obra = put on + performance, put on + play.
    * representar un peligro = pose + danger.
    * término que representa un único concepto = one concept term.
    * volver a representar = remap.

    * * *
    vt
    A ‹persona/organización/país› to represent
    no estaba representado por un abogado he was not represented by a lawyer
    representó a Suecia en los campeonatos he represented Sweden in the championships, he played ( o swam etc) for Sweden in the championships
    los que no puedan asistir deben hacerse representar por alguien those who cannot attend should send a representative o proxy
    B ‹obra› to perform, put on; ‹papel› to play
    representó el papel de Cleopatra she played Cleopatra o the part of Cleopatra
    C (aparentar) to look
    no representa la edad que tiene he doesn't look the age he is
    representa unos cuarenta años she looks about forty
    no representa lo que costó it doesn't look as expensive as it was
    D (simbolizar) to symbolize
    la paloma representa la paz the dove symbolizes o is a symbol of peace
    E (reproducir) «dibujo/fotografía» to show, depict
    la medalla representa a la Virgen the medallion depicts the Virgin Mary
    la escena representa una calle de los arrabales the scene shows o depicts a street in the poor quarters
    la obra representa fielmente la sociedad de fines de siglo the play accurately portrays society at the turn of the century
    F (equivaler a, significar) to represent
    esto representa un aumento del 5% con respecto al año pasado this represents a 5% increase on last year
    nos representa un gasto inesperado it means o involves an unexpected expense
    introducir la modificación representaría tres días de trabajo introducing the modification would mean o involve three days' work
    to picture
    ¿te lo puedes representar sin barba? can you picture o imagine him without a beard?
    * * *

     

    representar ( conjugate representar) verbo transitivo
    1 ‹persona/organización/país› to represent
    2 ‹ obra› to perform, put on;
    ‹ papel› to play
    3 ( aparentar) to look;

    4 ( simbolizar) to represent, symbolize
    5 ( reproducir) [dibujo/fotografía/escena] to show, depict;
    [obra/novela] to portray, depict
    6 (equivaler a, significar) to represent;
    ◊ esto representa un aumento del 5% this represents a 5% increase;

    eso representaría tres días de trabajo that would mean o involve three days' work
    representar verbo transitivo
    1 (un símbolo) to symbolize, represent: la paloma representa la paz, the dove stands for peace
    2 (un cuadro, fotografía, ilustración) to depict: el cuadro representa una escena de caza, the painting depicts a hunting scene
    3 (un ejemplo o modelo) to represent
    4 (a una persona, un país, una institución) to represent
    5 (una edad) to look: no representa la edad que tiene, she doesn't look her age
    6 (en la imaginación) to imagine
    7 (en valor, importancia) to mean, represent: su ascenso representó una gran alegría, I/he/she, etc. was overjoyed by his promotion
    ese chico no representa nada para mí, that guy means nothing to me
    8 Teat (una obra) to perform
    (un papel) to play: mi amigo representa al emperador Augusto, my friend plays Emperor Augustus
    ' representar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    aparentar
    - constituir
    - hacer
    - jugar
    - vida
    - significar
    English:
    act
    - act out
    - depict
    - deputize
    - do
    - enact
    - nation
    - perform
    - picture
    - play
    - portray
    - represent
    - role-play
    - speak for
    - stage
    - stand for
    - pose
    * * *
    1. [simbolizar, ejemplificar] to represent;
    este cuadro representa la Última Cena this painting depicts the Last Supper;
    la coma representa los decimales the comma indicates decimal places;
    Dalí representa perfectamente el surrealismo Dali is the ultimate surrealist painter
    2. [actuar en nombre de] to represent;
    el delegado sindical representaba a sus compañeros the shop steward represented his fellow workers;
    ha participado en dos festivales representando a su país she has represented her country at two festivals;
    representa a varios artistas she acts as an agent for several artists
    3. [aparentar] to look;
    representa unos cuarenta años she looks about forty;
    representa muchos menos años de los que tiene she looks a lot younger than she is
    4. [significar] to mean;
    representa el 50 por ciento del consumo interno it accounts for 50 percent of domestic consumption;
    diez millones no representan nada para él ten million is nothing to him;
    representa mucho para él it means a lot to him
    5. Teatro [función] to perform;
    [papel] to play
    6. Com to represent
    * * *
    v/t
    1 ( simbolizar) represent
    2 obra put on, perform; papel play
    :
    * * *
    1) : to represent, to act for
    2) : to perform
    3) : to look, to appear as
    4) : to symbolize, to stand for
    5) : to signify, to mean
    * * *
    1. (un papel) to play
    2. (una obra) to perform
    la compañía representará "Yerma" the company will perform "Yerma"
    3. (simbolizar) to represent
    5. (aparentar) to look

    Spanish-English dictionary > representar

  • 15 old

    old [əʊld]
       a. ( = aged) vieux ( vieille f)
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► The masculine form of vieux is vieil when the adjective precedes a vowel or silent h.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    • my old man (inf!) ( = husband) mon homme (inf) ; ( = father) mon paternel (inf)
       b. (of specified age) how old are you? quel âge as-tu ?
    • you're old enough to know better! à ton âge tu devrais avoir plus de bon sens !
       c. ( = not new, not recent) vieux ( vieille f) ; (with antique value) ancien after n
    • Martyn? we're old friends Martyn ? c'est un ami de longue date
       d. ( = former) [school, home] ancien before n
    • just like old times! c'est comme au bon vieux temps !
    2. noun
    ► the Old Bill (inf!) noun
    ► old-fashioned adjective démodé ; [person] vieux jeu inv
    ► old master noun ( = painting) tableau m de maître
    ► old-world adjective [charm, atmosphere] désuet (- ète f)
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    La cravate est l'élément distinctif principal de l'uniforme que portent les élèves des écoles britanniques, à tel point qu'elle en est venue à symboliser le réseau de relations dont continuent de bénéficier dans leur carrière les anciens élèves des écoles les plus prestigieuses. On dira ainsi « how did he get the job ? -- it was a case of the old school tie » (il a fait joué ses relations).
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    * * *
    [əʊld] 1.

    the old — (+ v pl) les personnes fpl âgées

    2)
    2.
    1) ( not young) vieux/vieille, âgé

    an old man — un vieil homme, un vieillard

    a week old — [bread etc] vieux d'une semaine

    I'm the oldest — c'est moi l'aîné/-e

    3) ( not new) [object, song, tradition, family] vieux/vieille; [excuse] classique; [joke] rebattu
    4) (former, previous) [address, school, job, admirer, system] ancien/-ienne (before n)
    5) (colloq) ( as term of affection) vieux/vieille

    good old British weather! — iron ce sacré (colloq) climat anglais!

    6) (colloq) ( as intensifier)

    English-French dictionary > old

  • 16 Arbeitslosengeld

    n unemployment benefit, Brit. dole umg.; Arbeitslosengeld beziehen be on the dole, Am. be collecting unemployment
    * * *
    das Arbeitslosengeld
    unemployment funds; unemployment benefit
    * * *
    Ạr|beits|lo|sen|geld
    nt
    earnings-related unemployment benefit, jobseeker's allowance (Brit)
    * * *
    Ar·beits·lo·sen·geld
    nt unemployment benefit [or pay], BRIT fam a. the dole
    * * *
    das; o. Pl. earnings-related unemployment benefit
    •• Cultural note:
    This is the benefit paid to all unemployed people who are looking for a new job and have already made a minimum contribution to the Arbeitslosenversicherung. The benefit is a proportion of the person's previous pay, and is higher for people supporting children. The length of time for which benefit can be drawn varies according to age - a maximum of one year for people below the age of 57, and 32 months for older unemployed people. After that, the long-term unemployed can apply for unemployment assistance called Arbeitslosenhilfe
    * * *
    Arbeitslosengeld n unemployment benefit, Br dole umg;
    Arbeitslosengeld beziehen be on the dole, US be collecting unemployment
    * * *
    das; o. Pl. earnings-related unemployment benefit
    •• Cultural note:
    This is the benefit paid to all unemployed people who are looking for a new job and have already made a minimum contribution to the Arbeitslosenversicherung. The benefit is a proportion of the person's previous pay, and is higher for people supporting children. The length of time for which benefit can be drawn varies according to age - a maximum of one year for people below the age of 57, and 32 months for older unemployed people. After that, the long-term unemployed can apply for unemployment assistance called Arbeitslosenhilfe
    * * *
    n.
    dole* n.
    unemployment benefit n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Arbeitslosengeld

  • 17 Semester

    n; -s, -
    1. UNIV. semester; er ist im dritten Semester he’s in his third semester; ich habe acht Semester Jura studiert I read (Am. studied) law for four years; wie viele Semester musst du noch machen? umg. how many semesters have you got to go?; während des Semesters during term-time; die höheren Semester the senior years
    2. (Student) die jüngeren Semester the first and second year students, Am. the underclassmen; die älteren Semester the senior students, Am. auch the upperclassmen; er ist schon ein älteres Semester hum., fig. he’s getting on (in years)
    * * *
    das Semester
    semester; term
    * * *
    Se|mẹs|ter [ze'mɛstɐ]
    nt -s, - (UNIV)
    semester (esp US), term (of a half-year's duration)

    im 7./8. Semester sein — to be in one's 4th year

    ein älteres Semester — a senior student; (hum) an old boy/girl

    * * *
    das
    1) (a university or school year or one part of this: the summer session.) session
    2) (a division of a school or university year: the autumn term.) term
    * * *
    Se·mes·ter
    <-s, ->
    [zeˈmɛstɐ]
    nt
    ich bin im sechsten \Semester I'm in the third year [or sixth semester
    2. SCH (sl: Student)
    ein siebtes \Semester a fourth-year
    ein älteres [o höheres] \Semester (fam) a senior student
    3.
    ▶ ein älteres \Semester (hum fam) no spring chicken hum fam
    * * *
    das; Semesters, Semester semester
    * * *
    Semester n; -s, -
    1. UNIV semester;
    er ist im dritten Semester he’s in his third semester;
    ich habe acht Semester Jura studiert I read (US studied) law for four years;
    wie viele Semester musst du noch machen? umg how many semesters have you got to go?;
    während des Semesters during term-time;
    die höheren Semester the senior years
    die jüngeren Semester the first and second year students, US the underclassmen;
    die älteren Semester the senior students, US auch the upperclassmen;
    er ist schon ein älteres Semester hum, fig he’s getting on (in years)
    * * *
    das; Semesters, Semester semester
    * * *
    - n.
    semester (school) n.
    term (school) n.
    term-time (school) n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Semester

  • 18 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 19 HAFA

    * * *
    (hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.
    1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);
    hafa elda, to keep up a five;
    2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);
    3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);
    4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);
    orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;
    hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;
    hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;
    hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;
    hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;
    hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;
    5) to have, hold, maintain;
    hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;
    hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;
    hafa heilindi, to have good health;
    6) to bring, carry;
    hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;
    hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;
    hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;
    7) to take, carry off;
    troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;
    8) to get, gain, win;
    hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;
    hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;
    hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;
    hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;
    hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;
    hafa tafl, to win the game;
    hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;
    hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;
    hafa sigr, to be worsted;
    hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;
    hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;
    hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;
    with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);
    ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;
    9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);
    hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;
    hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;
    10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;
    hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;
    hafa sik vel, to behave;
    11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;
    lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;
    12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);
    hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;
    nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;
    svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;
    ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;
    13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;
    hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;
    ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;
    later with indecl. neut. pp.;
    hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;
    14) with preps.:
    hafa e-t at, to do, act;
    hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;
    absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;
    hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);
    hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;
    hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;
    hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;
    hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;
    hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;
    hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;
    var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;
    hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);
    ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;
    hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;
    eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;
    hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;
    hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;
    hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;
    höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;
    hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);
    hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;
    vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;
    hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;
    hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;
    orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;
    keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;
    hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;
    hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);
    Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;
    hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;
    hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;
    hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;
    hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;
    hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);
    hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;
    hafa sik við, to exert oneself;
    hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;
    hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;
    hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;
    haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;
    haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;
    15) refl., hafast.
    * * *
    pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.
    A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.
    II. to hold:
    1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.
    2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.
    3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.
    4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.
    5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.
    6. with prepp. or infin.,
    α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.
    β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.
    III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.
    2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.
    IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.
    2. with prepp.:
    α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.
    β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)
    γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.
    B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:
    I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.
    II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.
    III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.
    2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.
    3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.
    4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.
    IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:
    1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.
    2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.
    V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.
    C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.
    2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.
    D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:
    I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,
    α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.
    β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.
    γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.
    II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.
    III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.
    E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:
    I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).
    2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.
    II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.
    2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.
    β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.
    F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.
    β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.
    2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.
    3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.
    4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.
    II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)
    G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:
    I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:
    1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).
    2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).
    β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?
    II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:
    1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.
    2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.
    3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.
    4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.
    ☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, that
    α. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.
    β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.
    γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HAFA

  • 20 sacar

    v.
    1 to take out.
    sacar algo de to take something out of
    sacó la mano/la cabeza por la ventanilla he stuck his hand/head out of the window
    nos sacaron algo de comer they gave us something to eat
    Ellos sacaron a los perros They took out the dogs.
    2 to remove.
    el dentista me sacó una muela I had a tooth out at the dentist's
    3 to get (obtener) (carné, entradas, buenas notas).
    ¿qué sacaste en el examen de inglés? what did you get for o in your English exam?
    sacar dinero del banco to get o take some money out of the bank
    la sidra se saca de las manzanas cider is made from apples
    ¿y qué sacamos con reñirle? what do we gain by telling him off?, what's the point in telling him off?
    Ella saca provecho She gets benefits.
    siempre me sacan fatal en las fotos I always look terrible in photos
    5 to bring out (al mercado) (nuevo producto, modelo).
    6 to work out, to do.
    sacar la cuenta/la solución to work out the total/the answer
    sacar una conclusión to come to a conclusion
    7 to gather, to understand.
    lo leí tres veces, pero no saqué nada en claro o limpio I read it three times, but I couldn't make much sense of it
    8 to let out (item of clothing) (de ancho). (peninsular Spanish)
    9 to take off. ( Latin American Spanish)
    sácale la ropa al niño get the child undressed
    10 to throw in (sport) (con la mano).
    11 to put the ball into play (sport).
    sacar de banda/de esquina/de puerta to take a throw-in/corner/goal kick
    12 to stick out, to put out one's, to put out, to show.
    María saca la lengua Mary sticks out her tongue.
    13 to serve the ball.
    Ricardo saca Richard serves the ball.
    14 to be obtained from.
    Se te saca información Information is obtained from you.
    15 to be extracted from, to be removed from.
    Se me sacó una muela A molar was extracted from me.
    * * *
    (c changes to qu before e)
    Past Indicative
    saqué, sacaste, sacó, sacamos, sacasteis, sacaron.
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperative
    saca (tú), saque (él/Vd.), saquemos (nos.), sacad (vos.), saquen (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    2) get, obtain
    4) produce, invent
    7) release (a book, a disc, a film)
    * * *
    Para las expresiones sacar adelante, sacar brillo, sacar algo en claro, sacar los colores a algn, sacar faltas a algo, sacar algo en limpio, sacar provecho, sacar a relucir, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    1) (=poner fuera) to take out, get out

    sacó el revólver y disparó — he drew his revolver and fired, he took {o} got his revolver out and fired

    saca la basura, por favor — please put {o} take the rubbish out

    • sacar a algn a [bailar] — to get sb up for a dance

    • sacar algo/a algn [de], sacó toda su ropa del armario — she took all his clothes out of the wardrobe, she removed all his clothes from the wardrobe

    voy a sacar dinero del cajero — I'm going to take {o} get some money out of the machine

    ¡sacadme de aquí! — get me out of here!

    • sacar a [pasear] a algn — to take sb (out) for a walk

    2) [de una persona] [+ diente] to take out

    ¡deja ese palo, que me vas a sacar un ojo! — stop playing with that stick, you're going to poke my eye out!

    • sacar [sangre] a algn — to take blood from sb

    3) [con partes del cuerpo] to stick out
    pecho I, 1)
    4) (=obtener)
    a) [+ notas, diputados] to get

    ¿y tú qué sacas con denunciarlo a la policía? — and what do you get out of {o} gain from reporting him to the police?

    no consiguió sacar todos los exámenes en junio Esp — she didn't manage to pass {o} get all her exams in June

    sacó un seis — [con dados] he threw a six

    b) [+ dinero]

    lo hago para sacar unos euros — I do it to earn {o} make a bit of money

    sacó el premio gordo — he got {o} won the jackpot

    sacamos una ganancia de... — we made a profit of...

    c) [+ puesto] to get
    d) [+ información] to get

    los datos están sacados de dos libros — the statistics are taken {o} come from two books

    ¿de dónde has sacado esa idea? — where did you get that idea?

    ¿de dónde has sacado esa chica tan guapa? — where did you get {o} find such a beautiful girlfriend?

    e)

    sacar algo de — [+ fruto, material] to extract sth from

    f)

    le sacaron toda la información que necesitaban — they got all the information they needed from {o} out of him

    g) [+ conclusión] to draw

    ¿qué conclusión se puede sacar de todo esto? — what can be concluded from all of this?, what conclusion can be drawn from all of this?

    lo que se saca de todo esto es que... — the conclusion to be drawn from all this is that...

    h) [+ característica]
    5) (=comprar) [+ entradas] to get
    6) (=lanzar) [+ modelo nuevo] to bring out; [+ libro] to bring out, publish; [+ disco] to release; [+ moda] to create
    7) (=hacer) [+ foto] to take; [+ copia] to make
    8) (=resolver)
    9) (=mostrar)
    10) (=mencionar)
    11) esp LAm (=quitar) [+ ropa] to take off; [+ mancha] to get out {o} off, remove frm
    12) (=aventajar en)
    13) (=salvar) to get out
    apuro 1)
    14) (=poner) [+ apodo, mote] to give
    15) (Dep)
    a) (Tenis) to serve
    b) (Ftbl)

    saca el balón Kiko — [en saque de banda] the throw-in is taken by Kiko; [en falta] Kiko takes the free kick

    16) (Cos) [+ prenda de vestir] (=ensanchar) to let out; (=alargar) to let down
    17) (Naipes) to play
    2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) (Tenis) to serve
    2) (Ftbl) [en córner, tiro libre] to take the kick; [en saque de banda] to take the throw-in

    después de marcar un gol, saca el contrario — after a goal has been scored, the opposing team kicks off

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( extraer)
    a) <billetera/lápiz> to take out, get out; <pistola/espada> to draw

    lo saqué del cajón — I took o got it out of the drawer

    b) < muela> to pull out, take out; <riñón/cálculo> to remove
    c) <diamantes/cobre> to extract, mine

    sacar petróleo de debajo del mar — to get oil o (frml) extract petroleum from under the sea

    d) <carta/ficha> to draw
    2) (poner, llevar fuera)
    a) <maceta/mesa/basura> to take out

    sacar algo/a alguien DE algo — to get something/somebody out of something

    b) ( invitar)
    c) < parte del cuerpo> to put out

    me sacó la lengua — he stuck o put his tongue out at me

    3) ( retirar) to take out

    sacar dinero del banco — to take out o withdraw money from the bank

    5) (Esp) < dobladillo> to let down; <pantalón/falda> ( alargar) to let down; ( ensanchar) to let out
    6) ( obtener)
    <pasaporte/permiso> to get; < entrada> to get, buy

    ya saqué el pasaje or (Esp) he sacado el billete — I've already bought the ticket o got my ticket

    7)
    a) <calificación/nota> to get
    b) <votos/puntos> to get
    c) ( en juegos de azar) < premio> to get, win
    d) < conclusión> to draw
    e) <suma/cuenta> to do, work out
    8) < beneficio> to get; < ganancia> to make

    ¿qué sacas con eso? — what do you gain by doing that?

    saco $3.000 mensuales — I take home $3,000 a month

    el hijo ya le saca 10 centímetros — (fam) his son is already 10 centimeters taller than he is

    sacar algo DE algo: sacaron mucho dinero de la venta they made a lot of money from the sale; no ha sacado ningún provecho del curso — she hasn't got anything out of the course

    9)

    sacar algo DE algo — <idea/información> to get something from something; <porciones/unidades> to get something out of something

    sacarle algo A alguien — <dinero/información> to get something out of somebody

    10) < brillo> to bring out
    11)
    a) < libro> to publish, bring out; < disco> to bring out, release; <modelo/producto> to bring out
    b) < tema> to bring up
    c) < foto> to take; < copia> to make, take; < apuntes> to make, take
    d) (Esp) <defecto/falta> (+ me/te/le etc) to find
    12)

    sacar adelante — < proyecto> ( poner en marcha) to get something off the ground; ( salvar de la crisis) to keep something going

    13) (Dep) <tiro libre/falta> to take
    14) ( quitar)
    (esp AmL)
    a)

    sacarle algo A alguien — <botas/gorro> to take something off somebody; <juguetes/plata> (RPl) to take something from somebody

    no se lo saques, que es suyo — don't take it (away) from him, it's his

    ¿cuánto te sacan en impuestos? — how much do they take off in taxes?

    b)

    sacarle algo a algo — <tapa/cubierta> to take something off something

    c) ( retirar)
    15) (esp AmL) ( hacer desaparecer) < mancha> to remove, get... out
    2.
    sacar vi (Dep) (en tenis, vóleibol) to serve; ( en fútbol) to kick off

    sacar de puerta/de esquina — to take the goal kick/to take the corner

    3.
    sacarse v pron (refl)
    1) ( extraer)

    ten cuidado, te vas a sacar un ojo — be careful or you'll poke o take your eye out

    me tengo que sacar una muela — (caus) I have to have a tooth out

    2) (AmL) ( quitarse) <ropa/zapatos> to take off; < maquillaje> to remove, take off

    sácate el pelo de la cara — get o take your hair out of your eyes

    3)
    a) (caus) < foto>
    b) (AmL) <calificación/nota> to get
    * * *
    = draw from, pull out, remove, take out, withdraw, draw, pull from, put out, scoop (out), pull off, ferret out, winkle out.
    Ex. These headings may be drawn from an alphabetical list of subject headings or from a classification scheme.
    Ex. We go to that record, pull it out, change the item's priority and upgrade it so it gets out to you quickly.
    Ex. Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.
    Ex. A borrower may sometimes wish to take out a book which has already been loaned out.
    Ex. Thus, all cards corresponding to documents covering 'Curricula' are withdrawn from the pack.
    Ex. The 'Root Thesaurus' presents other refinements which permit the part of the hierarchy from which a term is drawn to be specified.
    Ex. The data is pulled directly from all the bibliographic data bases on DIALOG that have a JN field.
    Ex. Naturally people will handle books before they decide to buy them, which means that no more than a couple of copies of each title should be put out so that reserve stock is prevented from getting grubby.
    Ex. This service will be useful for end users and for scooping out the availability of information on STN for a variety of search topics.
    Ex. The ionisation in the air pulls off massive, if random charges so the speed of lightning is actually less than that of the speed of light.
    Ex. As a rule analysts are left on their own to ferret out useful and appropriate areas to be investigated.
    Ex. Small business operators can be easy prey for scamsters trying to winkle out money for unsolicited - and unneeded - 'services'.
    ----
    * cría cuervos y te sacarán y los ojos = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * sacando provecho de = on the coattails of.
    * sacar a Alguien de quicio = get on + Posesivo + nerves, drive + Alguien + up a wall, drive + Alguien + to despair, drive + Alguien + mad, drive + Alguien + insane, drive + Alguien + crazy, drive + Alguien + nuts, drive + Alguien + potty.
    * sacar acciones al mercado = go + public.
    * sacar a colación = bring + Nombre + up.
    * sacar a colación una cuestión = bring up + matter, bring up + issue, bring up + point.
    * sacar a colación una idea = bring up + idea.
    * sacar a colación un problema = bring + problem up.
    * sacar a colación un tema = bring up + topic, bring up + subject.
    * sacar a concurso = tender for, tender out.
    * sacar a concurso público = bid, bid + Posesivo + business, tender for, tender out.
    * sacar a convocatoria pública = tender for, tender out, bid.
    * sacar a flote = get + Nombre + back on + Posesivo + feet.
    * sacar a golpes = punch out.
    * sacar a la luz = bring to + light, dredge up.
    * sacar Algo a relucir = bring + Nombre + to the surface.
    * sacar Algo de = take + Nombre + out of.
    * sacar a licitación = tender for, tender out.
    * sacar al mercado = bring to + market.
    * sacar a relucir = bring to + the surface, bring to + light, bring to + the fore.
    * sacar a relucir diferencias = turn up + differences.
    * sacar a relucir las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * sacar a relucir lo peor de = bring out + the worst in.
    * sacar a relucir los trapos sucios delante de otros = wash + dirty linen in front of others.
    * sacar a relucir los trapos sucios en público = air + dirty linen in public.
    * sacar arrastrando = haul out.
    * sacar brillo = polish.
    * sacar brillo a = buff, buff up.
    * sacar conclusiones = draw + implications.
    * sacar conclusiones generales = generalise [generalize, -USA].
    * sacar conclusiones precipitadas = jump to + conclusions.
    * sacar con sifón = siphon out.
    * sacar con una bomba = pump out.
    * sacar de = carry out of, wretch from, tilt + Nombre + out of, take from, catapult + Nombre + out of.
    * sacar de apuros = bail out, bale out.
    * sacar de contrabando = smuggle out.
    * sacar de la inactividad = take + Nombre + out of the doldrums.
    * sacar de las casillas = piss + Nombre + off.
    * sacar del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.
    * sacar de + Posesivo + casillas = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend.
    * sacar de quicio = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend, exasperate, grind on + Posesivo + nerves, piss + Nombre + off.
    * sacar dinero = draw + cash, draw out + cash.
    * sacar el abrebotellas = pull out + the corks.
    * sacar el máximo partido = exploit + full potential, take + full advantage (of), take + the best advantage.
    * sacar el máximo partido a = get + the most out of.
    * sacar el máximo partido a Algo = reach + the full potential of.
    * sacar el máximo partido de = harness + the power of, make + the best of.
    * sacar el máximo partido de Algo = make + the most of.
    * sacar el máximo provecho de = get + the most out of.
    * sacar el máximo provecho de Algo = make + the most of.
    * sacar el mayor partido al dinero de uno = get + the most for + Posesivo + money.
    * sacar el mejor partido de = get + the best out of.
    * sacar el mejor partido de Algo = make + the best advantage of, make + the best use of, make + the best possible use of.
    * sacar el mejor partido posible = get + the best of both worlds, get + the best of all worlds.
    * sacar en préstamo = charge out, check out.
    * sacar extractos de = excerpt.
    * sacar faltas = find + fault with.
    * sacar haciendo palanca = pry + Nombre + out, prise + Nombre + out.
    * sacar haciendo sifón = siphon out.
    * sacar ilegalmente = smuggle out.
    * sacar la basura = take out + the garbage.
    * sacar las castañas del fuego = sort out + the mess, pick up + the pieces.
    * sacar las cosas de quicio = blow + things (up) out of (all) proportion.
    * sacar lecciones de = draw + lessons from.
    * sacarle defectos a todo = nitpick.
    * sacarle dinero a Alguien = wrestle + money from.
    * sacarle faltas a todo = nitpick.
    * sacarle las castañas del fuego a Alguien = pull + Posesivo + chestnuts out of the fire.
    * sacarle partido a = make + an opportunity (out) of.
    * sacarle un bocado a = take + a bite out of.
    * sacar libro en préstamo = borrow + book.
    * sacar los pies del plato = break out of + the box.
    * sacar los pies del tiesto = break out of + the box.
    * sacar más partido = get + more for + Posesivo + money.
    * sacar mayor partido a = squeeze + more life out of.
    * sacar mayor provecho = stretch + further.
    * sacar mejor partido = get + more for + Posesivo + money.
    * sacar + Nombre + de = extricate + Nombre + from.
    * sacar partido = take + advantage (of), exploit + benefits.
    * sacar partido a una oportunidad = capitalise on + opportunity.
    * sacar perforando = drill out.
    * sacar poco a poco = tease out.
    * sacar por impresora = print + off-line, print out + off-line.
    * sacar provecho a una oportunidad = capitalise on + opportunity.
    * sacar provecho de = capitalise on/upon [capitalize, -USA], cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.
    * sacar punta = sharpen.
    * sacar rápidamente = whip out.
    * sacarse los mocos = pick + Posesivo + nose.
    * sacar tirando = haul out.
    * sacar una conclusión = draw + conclusion.
    * sacar una deducción = draw + inference.
    * sacar una foto = take + a shot.
    * sacar una fotografía = take + picture.
    * sacar una impresión = gain + picture.
    * sacar una prueba = pull + a proof.
    * sacar unas notazas = pass with + flying colours.
    * sacar un diez = score + an A.
    * sacar un ojo = gouge + eye out.
    * sacar ventaja = gain + one-upmanship.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( extraer)
    a) <billetera/lápiz> to take out, get out; <pistola/espada> to draw

    lo saqué del cajón — I took o got it out of the drawer

    b) < muela> to pull out, take out; <riñón/cálculo> to remove
    c) <diamantes/cobre> to extract, mine

    sacar petróleo de debajo del mar — to get oil o (frml) extract petroleum from under the sea

    d) <carta/ficha> to draw
    2) (poner, llevar fuera)
    a) <maceta/mesa/basura> to take out

    sacar algo/a alguien DE algo — to get something/somebody out of something

    b) ( invitar)
    c) < parte del cuerpo> to put out

    me sacó la lengua — he stuck o put his tongue out at me

    3) ( retirar) to take out

    sacar dinero del banco — to take out o withdraw money from the bank

    5) (Esp) < dobladillo> to let down; <pantalón/falda> ( alargar) to let down; ( ensanchar) to let out
    6) ( obtener)
    <pasaporte/permiso> to get; < entrada> to get, buy

    ya saqué el pasaje or (Esp) he sacado el billete — I've already bought the ticket o got my ticket

    7)
    a) <calificación/nota> to get
    b) <votos/puntos> to get
    c) ( en juegos de azar) < premio> to get, win
    d) < conclusión> to draw
    e) <suma/cuenta> to do, work out
    8) < beneficio> to get; < ganancia> to make

    ¿qué sacas con eso? — what do you gain by doing that?

    saco $3.000 mensuales — I take home $3,000 a month

    el hijo ya le saca 10 centímetros — (fam) his son is already 10 centimeters taller than he is

    sacar algo DE algo: sacaron mucho dinero de la venta they made a lot of money from the sale; no ha sacado ningún provecho del curso — she hasn't got anything out of the course

    9)

    sacar algo DE algo — <idea/información> to get something from something; <porciones/unidades> to get something out of something

    sacarle algo A alguien — <dinero/información> to get something out of somebody

    10) < brillo> to bring out
    11)
    a) < libro> to publish, bring out; < disco> to bring out, release; <modelo/producto> to bring out
    b) < tema> to bring up
    c) < foto> to take; < copia> to make, take; < apuntes> to make, take
    d) (Esp) <defecto/falta> (+ me/te/le etc) to find
    12)

    sacar adelante — < proyecto> ( poner en marcha) to get something off the ground; ( salvar de la crisis) to keep something going

    13) (Dep) <tiro libre/falta> to take
    14) ( quitar)
    (esp AmL)
    a)

    sacarle algo A alguien — <botas/gorro> to take something off somebody; <juguetes/plata> (RPl) to take something from somebody

    no se lo saques, que es suyo — don't take it (away) from him, it's his

    ¿cuánto te sacan en impuestos? — how much do they take off in taxes?

    b)

    sacarle algo a algo — <tapa/cubierta> to take something off something

    c) ( retirar)
    15) (esp AmL) ( hacer desaparecer) < mancha> to remove, get... out
    2.
    sacar vi (Dep) (en tenis, vóleibol) to serve; ( en fútbol) to kick off

    sacar de puerta/de esquina — to take the goal kick/to take the corner

    3.
    sacarse v pron (refl)
    1) ( extraer)

    ten cuidado, te vas a sacar un ojo — be careful or you'll poke o take your eye out

    me tengo que sacar una muela — (caus) I have to have a tooth out

    2) (AmL) ( quitarse) <ropa/zapatos> to take off; < maquillaje> to remove, take off

    sácate el pelo de la cara — get o take your hair out of your eyes

    3)
    a) (caus) < foto>
    b) (AmL) <calificación/nota> to get
    * * *
    = draw from, pull out, remove, take out, withdraw, draw, pull from, put out, scoop (out), pull off, ferret out, winkle out.

    Ex: These headings may be drawn from an alphabetical list of subject headings or from a classification scheme.

    Ex: We go to that record, pull it out, change the item's priority and upgrade it so it gets out to you quickly.
    Ex: Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.
    Ex: A borrower may sometimes wish to take out a book which has already been loaned out.
    Ex: Thus, all cards corresponding to documents covering 'Curricula' are withdrawn from the pack.
    Ex: The 'Root Thesaurus' presents other refinements which permit the part of the hierarchy from which a term is drawn to be specified.
    Ex: The data is pulled directly from all the bibliographic data bases on DIALOG that have a JN field.
    Ex: Naturally people will handle books before they decide to buy them, which means that no more than a couple of copies of each title should be put out so that reserve stock is prevented from getting grubby.
    Ex: This service will be useful for end users and for scooping out the availability of information on STN for a variety of search topics.
    Ex: The ionisation in the air pulls off massive, if random charges so the speed of lightning is actually less than that of the speed of light.
    Ex: As a rule analysts are left on their own to ferret out useful and appropriate areas to be investigated.
    Ex: Small business operators can be easy prey for scamsters trying to winkle out money for unsolicited - and unneeded - 'services'.
    * cría cuervos y te sacarán y los ojos = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * sacando provecho de = on the coattails of.
    * sacar a Alguien de quicio = get on + Posesivo + nerves, drive + Alguien + up a wall, drive + Alguien + to despair, drive + Alguien + mad, drive + Alguien + insane, drive + Alguien + crazy, drive + Alguien + nuts, drive + Alguien + potty.
    * sacar acciones al mercado = go + public.
    * sacar a colación = bring + Nombre + up.
    * sacar a colación una cuestión = bring up + matter, bring up + issue, bring up + point.
    * sacar a colación una idea = bring up + idea.
    * sacar a colación un problema = bring + problem up.
    * sacar a colación un tema = bring up + topic, bring up + subject.
    * sacar a concurso = tender for, tender out.
    * sacar a concurso público = bid, bid + Posesivo + business, tender for, tender out.
    * sacar a convocatoria pública = tender for, tender out, bid.
    * sacar a flote = get + Nombre + back on + Posesivo + feet.
    * sacar a golpes = punch out.
    * sacar a la luz = bring to + light, dredge up.
    * sacar Algo a relucir = bring + Nombre + to the surface.
    * sacar Algo de = take + Nombre + out of.
    * sacar a licitación = tender for, tender out.
    * sacar al mercado = bring to + market.
    * sacar a relucir = bring to + the surface, bring to + light, bring to + the fore.
    * sacar a relucir diferencias = turn up + differences.
    * sacar a relucir las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * sacar a relucir lo peor de = bring out + the worst in.
    * sacar a relucir los trapos sucios delante de otros = wash + dirty linen in front of others.
    * sacar a relucir los trapos sucios en público = air + dirty linen in public.
    * sacar arrastrando = haul out.
    * sacar brillo = polish.
    * sacar brillo a = buff, buff up.
    * sacar conclusiones = draw + implications.
    * sacar conclusiones generales = generalise [generalize, -USA].
    * sacar conclusiones precipitadas = jump to + conclusions.
    * sacar con sifón = siphon out.
    * sacar con una bomba = pump out.
    * sacar de = carry out of, wretch from, tilt + Nombre + out of, take from, catapult + Nombre + out of.
    * sacar de apuros = bail out, bale out.
    * sacar de contrabando = smuggle out.
    * sacar de la inactividad = take + Nombre + out of the doldrums.
    * sacar de las casillas = piss + Nombre + off.
    * sacar del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.
    * sacar de + Posesivo + casillas = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend.
    * sacar de quicio = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend, exasperate, grind on + Posesivo + nerves, piss + Nombre + off.
    * sacar dinero = draw + cash, draw out + cash.
    * sacar el abrebotellas = pull out + the corks.
    * sacar el máximo partido = exploit + full potential, take + full advantage (of), take + the best advantage.
    * sacar el máximo partido a = get + the most out of.
    * sacar el máximo partido a Algo = reach + the full potential of.
    * sacar el máximo partido de = harness + the power of, make + the best of.
    * sacar el máximo partido de Algo = make + the most of.
    * sacar el máximo provecho de = get + the most out of.
    * sacar el máximo provecho de Algo = make + the most of.
    * sacar el mayor partido al dinero de uno = get + the most for + Posesivo + money.
    * sacar el mejor partido de = get + the best out of.
    * sacar el mejor partido de Algo = make + the best advantage of, make + the best use of, make + the best possible use of.
    * sacar el mejor partido posible = get + the best of both worlds, get + the best of all worlds.
    * sacar en préstamo = charge out, check out.
    * sacar extractos de = excerpt.
    * sacar faltas = find + fault with.
    * sacar haciendo palanca = pry + Nombre + out, prise + Nombre + out.
    * sacar haciendo sifón = siphon out.
    * sacar ilegalmente = smuggle out.
    * sacar la basura = take out + the garbage.
    * sacar las castañas del fuego = sort out + the mess, pick up + the pieces.
    * sacar las cosas de quicio = blow + things (up) out of (all) proportion.
    * sacar lecciones de = draw + lessons from.
    * sacarle defectos a todo = nitpick.
    * sacarle dinero a Alguien = wrestle + money from.
    * sacarle faltas a todo = nitpick.
    * sacarle las castañas del fuego a Alguien = pull + Posesivo + chestnuts out of the fire.
    * sacarle partido a = make + an opportunity (out) of.
    * sacarle un bocado a = take + a bite out of.
    * sacar libro en préstamo = borrow + book.
    * sacar los pies del plato = break out of + the box.
    * sacar los pies del tiesto = break out of + the box.
    * sacar más partido = get + more for + Posesivo + money.
    * sacar mayor partido a = squeeze + more life out of.
    * sacar mayor provecho = stretch + further.
    * sacar mejor partido = get + more for + Posesivo + money.
    * sacar + Nombre + de = extricate + Nombre + from.
    * sacar partido = take + advantage (of), exploit + benefits.
    * sacar partido a una oportunidad = capitalise on + opportunity.
    * sacar perforando = drill out.
    * sacar poco a poco = tease out.
    * sacar por impresora = print + off-line, print out + off-line.
    * sacar provecho a una oportunidad = capitalise on + opportunity.
    * sacar provecho de = capitalise on/upon [capitalize, -USA], cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.
    * sacar punta = sharpen.
    * sacar rápidamente = whip out.
    * sacarse los mocos = pick + Posesivo + nose.
    * sacar tirando = haul out.
    * sacar una conclusión = draw + conclusion.
    * sacar una deducción = draw + inference.
    * sacar una foto = take + a shot.
    * sacar una fotografía = take + picture.
    * sacar una impresión = gain + picture.
    * sacar una prueba = pull + a proof.
    * sacar unas notazas = pass with + flying colours.
    * sacar un diez = score + an A.
    * sacar un ojo = gouge + eye out.
    * sacar ventaja = gain + one-upmanship.

    * * *
    sacar [A2 ]
    vt
    1 ‹cartera/dinero/lápiz› to take out, get out; ‹pistola› to draw, get out; ‹espada› to draw sacar algo DE algo to take sth OUT OF sth
    lo saqué del cajón I took o got it out of the drawer
    sacar el pollo del horno take the chicken out of the oven, remove the chicken from the oven ( frml)
    sacaron agua del pozo they drew water from the well
    2 ‹muela› to pull out, take out; ‹riñón/cálculo› to remove
    me sacaron sangre para hacer los análisis they took some blood to do the tests
    saqué la astilla con unas pinzas I got the splinter out with a pair of tweezers
    deja que te saque esa espinilla let me squeeze that pimple for you
    me vas a sacar un ojo con ese paraguas you'll have o poke my eye out with that umbrella!
    3 ‹diamantes/cobre› to extract, mine
    sacamos petróleo de debajo del mar we get oil o ( frml) extract petroleum from under the sea
    4 ‹conclusión› to draw
    ¿sacaste algo en limpio de todo eso? did you (manage to) make anything of all that?
    primero tienes que sacar la raíz cuadrada first you have to find o extract the square root
    B (de una situación) sacar a algn DE algo:
    aquel dinero los sacó de la miseria that money released them from their life of poverty
    ¿quién lo va a sacar de su error? who's going to tell him he's wrong o put him right?
    me sacó de una situación muy difícil she got me out of a really tight spot
    pagaron la fianza y la sacaron de la cárcel they put up bail and got her out of prison
    ¿por qué lo sacaron del colegio? why did they take him out of o take him away from the school?
    C (de una cuenta, un fondo) to take out, get out ( colloq)
    tengo que sacar dinero del banco/de la otra cuenta I have to get o draw some money out of the bank/draw o take some money out of the other account
    sólo puede sacar tres libros you can only take out o borrow three books
    D ‹cuenta/suma/ecuación› to do, work out; ‹adivinanza› to work out
    saca la cuenta y dime cuánto te debo work it out and tell me how much I owe you
    E (poner, llevar fuera)
    1 ‹maceta/mesa› to take out
    saca las plantas al balcón put the plants out on the balcony, take the plants out onto the balcony
    ¿has sacado la basura? have you put o taken the garbage ( AmE) o ( BrE) rubbish out?
    sácalo aquí al sol bring it out here into the sun
    sacaron el sofá por la ventana they got the sofa out through the window
    sacar algo DE algo to take o get sth OUT OF sth
    no puedo sacar el coche del garaje I can't get the car out of the garage
    2 ‹persona/perro›
    los saqué a dar una vuelta en coche I took them out for a ride (in the car)
    lo tuvimos que sacar por la ventana we had to get him out through the window
    la sacaron en brazos they carried her out
    saca el perro a pasear take the dog out for a walk
    sacar a algn DE algo to get sb OUT OF sth
    ¡socorro! ¡sáquenme de aquí! help! get me out of here!
    su marido no la saca nunca de casa her husband never takes her out
    lo sacaron de allí a patadas they kicked him out of there
    3
    sacar a algn a bailar to ask sb to dance
    4 ‹parte del cuerpo›
    saca (el) pecho stick your chest out
    me sacó la lengua he stuck o put his tongue out at me
    no saques la cabeza por la ventanilla don't put your head out of the window
    F (poner en juego) ‹carta› to play, put down; ‹pieza/ficha› to bring out
    G ‹dobladillo› to let down ‹pantalón/falda› (alargar) to let down; (ensanchar) to let out
    A ‹pasaporte/permiso› to get; ‹entrada› to get, buy
    ya he sacado el pasaje or ( Esp) billete I've already bought the ticket o got my ticket
    ¿sacaste hora para la peluquería? did you make an appointment at the hairdresser's?
    he sacado número para la consulta de mañana I've made an appointment with the doctor tomorrow
    sacar una reserva to make a reservation, to book
    ¡qué tipo más buen mozo! ¿de dónde lo habrá sacado? wow, he's good-looking! where do you think she got hold of o found him? ( colloq)
    B
    1 sacar algo DE algo ‹idea/información› to get sth FROM sth
    saqué los datos del informe oficial I got o took the information from the official report
    2 sacarle algo A algn ‹dinero/información› to get sth OUT OF sb
    no le pude sacar ni un peso para la colecta I couldn't get a penny out of him for the collection
    le sacaron el nombre de su cómplice they got the name of his accomplice out of him, they extracted the name of his accomplice from him
    a ver si le sacas quién se lo dijo see if you can find out who told her, try and get out of her who it was who told her
    C
    1 ‹calificación/nota› to get
    saqué un cinco en química I got five out of ten in chemistry
    2 ‹votos/puntos› to get
    el partido sacó tres escaños the party got o won three seats
    3 (en juegos de azar) ‹premio› to get, win
    cuando saque la lotería when I win the lottery
    tiró los dados y sacó un seis she threw the dice and got a six
    saqué la pajita más corta I drew the short straw
    4 ( Esp) ‹examen/asignatura› to pass
    no creo que saque la física en junio I don't think I'll pass o get through physics in June
    D ‹brillo› to bring out
    frotar para sacarle brillo rub to bring out the shine o to make it shine
    esa caminata le sacó los colores that walk brought the color to her cheeks
    punta2 (↑ punta (2))
    E ‹beneficio› to get
    no vas a sacar nada hablándole así you won't get anywhere talking to him like that
    ¿qué sacas con amargarle la vida? what do you gain by making his life a misery?
    le sacó mucho partido a la situación he took full advantage of the situation
    con este trabajito saco (lo suficiente) para mis vicios I earn a little pocket money with this job
    saqué unas £200 en limpio I made a clear £200
    le sacó diez segundos (de ventaja) a Martínez he took a ten-second lead over Martínez
    el hijo ya le saca 10 centímetros ( fam); his son is already 10 centimeters taller than he is
    sacar algo DE algo:
    no ha sacado ningún provecho del cursillo she hasn't got anything out of o ( frml) hasn't derived any benefit from the course
    tienes que aprender a sacar partido de estas situaciones you have to learn to take advantage of these situations
    no sacaron mucho dinero de la venta they didn't make much money on o out of o from the sale
    F sacar algo DE algo ‹porciones/unidades› to get sth OUT OF sth
    de esa masa puedes sacar dos pasteles there's enough pastry there to make o for two pies, you can get two pies out of that amount of pastry
    G
    (heredar): ha sacado los ojos verdes de la madre he's got his mother's green eyes, he gets his green eyes from his mother
    A
    1 ‹libro› to publish, bring out; ‹película/disco› to bring out, release; ‹modelo/producto› to bring out
    han vuelto a sacar la moda de la minifalda the miniskirt is back in fashion
    sacaron el reportaje en primera plana the report was published o printed o the report appeared on the front page
    2 ‹tema› to bring up
    3 ( Esp) ‹defecto/falta› (+ me/te/le etc) to find
    a todo le tiene que sacar faltas he always has to find fault with everything
    4 ( Esp) ‹apodo› to give
    B
    sacar adelante: gracias a su empeño sacaron adelante el proyecto thanks to her determination they managed to get the project off the ground/keep the project going
    luché tanto para sacar adelante a mis hijos I fought so hard to give my children a good start in life
    tengo que sacar adelante la misión que me fue encomendada I have to carry out the mission that has been entrusted to me
    C
    1 ‹foto› to take
    2 ‹copia› to make, take
    3 ‹apuntes› to make, take
    D ( Dep) ‹tiro libre/falta› to take
    A ( esp AmL)
    1 ‹botas/gorro/tapa› sacarle algo A algn/algo to take sth OFF sb/sth
    ¿me sacas las botas? can you pull o take my boots off?
    tengo que sacarles el polvo a los muebles I have to dust the furniture
    2
    (apartar): saca esto de aquí que estorba take this away, it's in the way
    saquen los libros de la mesa take the books off the table
    mejor sacarlo de en medio ahora we'd better get it out of the way now
    3 ‹programa› to switch off; ‹disco› to take off
    B
    ( RPl) ‹pertenencia› sacarle algo a algn to take sth from sb
    no se lo saques, que es suyo don't take it (away) from him, it's his
    ¿cuánto te sacan en impuestos? how much do they take off in taxes?, how much do you get deducted o ( AmE) withheld in taxes?
    no me saques la silla don't take o ( BrE colloq) pinch my seat
    C ( esp AmL) (hacer desaparecer) ‹mancha› to remove, get … out; ‹dolor› to get rid of
    es una idea descabellada, a ver si se la podemos sacar de la cabeza it's a crazy idea, we should try to talk him out of it
    me sacas un peso de encima you've taken a great weight off my mind
    tenemos que sacarle esa costumbre we have to break him of that habit
    ■ sacar
    vi
    1 (en tenis, vóleibol) to serve
    2 (en fútbol) to kick off
    sacó de puerta/de esquina he took the goal kick/corner
    saca de banda he takes the throw-in
    ( refl)
    A
    (extraer): ten cuidado, te vas a sacar un ojo be careful or you'll poke o take your eye out
    me tengo que sacar una muela ( caus) I have to have a tooth out
    sacarse algo DE algo to take sth OUT OF sth
    sácate las manos de los bolsillos take your hands out of your pockets
    sácate el dedo de la nariz don't pick your nose
    B ( esp AmL)
    1 ‹ropa/zapatos› to take off
    se sacó el reloj she took off her watch
    2
    (apartar, hacer desaparecer): sácate el pelo de la cara get o take your hair out of your eyes
    sacarse el maquillaje to remove o take off one's makeup
    no me puedo sacar el dolor con nada no matter what I do I can't seem to get rid of the pain
    no pudimos sacárnoslo de encima we just couldn't get rid of him
    C (Chi, Méx) ‹calificación/nota› to get
    me saqué un 6 en español I got 6 out of 10 in Spanish
    * * *

     

    sacar ( conjugate sacar) verbo transitivo
    1 ( extraer)
    a) ‹billetera/lápiz› to take out, get out;

    ‹pistola/espada› to draw;
    sacar algo DE algo to take o get sth out of sth;
    ◊ lo saqué del cajón I took o got it out of the drawer


    ‹riñón/cálculo› to remove;

    c) ‹diamantes/cobre/petróleo› to extract

    d) ‹carta/ficha› to draw

    2 (poner, llevar fuera)
    a) ‹maceta/mesa/basura› to take out;


    tuvimos que sacarlo por la ventana we had to get it out through the window;
    sacar el perro a pasear to take the dog out for a walk;
    sacar el coche del garaje to get the car out of the garage
    b) ( invitar):


    sacar a algn a bailar to ask sb to dance

    ◊ me sacó la lengua he stuck o put his tongue out at me

    3 ( retirar) to take out;
    ◊ sacar dinero del banco to take out o withdraw money from the bank

    4 ( de una situación difícil) sacar a algn DE algo ‹de apuro/atolladero› to get sb out of sth
    5 (Esp) ‹ dobladillo› to let down;
    ‹pantalón/falda› ( alargar) to let down;
    ( ensanchar) to let out
    ( obtener)
    1 ‹pasaporte/permiso› to get;
    ‹entrada/billete› to get, buy
    2
    a) ‹votos/puntos/calificación› to get

    b) ‹ premio› to get, win


    d) ‹suma/cuenta› to do, work out

    3 ‹ beneficio› to get;
    ‹ ganancia› to make;
    ◊ ¿qué sacas con eso? what do you gain by doing that?;

    no sacó ningún provecho del curso she didn't get anything out of the course
    4 sacar algo DE algo ‹idea/información› to get sth from sth;
    ‹porciones/unidades› to get sth out of sth;
    sacarle algo A algn ‹dinero/información› to get sth out of sb
    5 ‹ brillo› to bring out;

    1

    ‹ disco› to bring out, release;
    ‹modelo/producto› to bring out
    b) ‹ tema› to bring up

    c) ‹ foto› to take;

    ‹ copia› to make, take;
    ‹ apuntes› to make, take;

    d) (Esp) ‹defecto/falta› (+ me/te/le etc) to find;


    2


    ( salvar de la crisis) to keep sth going;

    3 (Dep) ‹tiro libre/falta› to take
    ( quitar) (esp AmL)
    a) sacarle algo A algn ‹botas/gorro› to take sth off sb

    b) sacarle algo a algo ‹tapa/cubierta› to take sth off sth

    c) ( retirar):


    saquen los libros de la mesa take the books off the table
    d) ( hacer desaparecer) ‹ mancha› to remove, get … out

    verbo intransitivo (Dep) (en tenis, vóleibol) to serve;
    ( en fútbol) to kick off
    sacarse verbo pronominal ( refl)
    1 ( extraer) ‹astilla/púa› to take … out;
    ‹ ojo› to poke … out;

    sacarse algo DE algo to take sth out of sth;
    sácate las manos de los bolsillos take your hands out of your pockets
    2 (AmL) ( quitarse) ‹ropa/zapatos› to take off;
    ‹ maquillaje› to remove, take off
    3
    a) ( caus) ‹ foto›:


    b) (AmL) ‹calificación/nota› to get

    sacar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (de un sitio) to take out
    sacar la cabeza por la ventana, to stick one's head out of the window
    sacar dinero del banco, to withdraw money from the bank
    2 (un beneficio, etc) to get
    3 (extraer una cosa de otra) to extract, get: de la uva se saca vino, you get wine from grapes
    4 (una solución) to work out
    sacar conclusiones, to draw conclusions
    5 (descubrir, resolver) no consigo sacar esta ecuación, I can't resolve this equation
    6 (un documento) to get
    7 (una entrada, un billete) to buy, get
    8 (de una mala situación) sacar a alguien de algo, to get sb out of sthg
    sacar de la pobreza, to save from poverty
    9 (manifestar, dar a conocer) de repente, sacó su malhumor, he got into a strop all of a sudden
    10 (una novedad) han sacado un nuevo modelo de televisor, they've brought out a new television model again
    11 (poner en circulación) to bring out, release
    12 familiar (producir) esa máquina saca más de 2.500 piezas a la hora, this machine can produce more than 2,500 parts an hour
    (una fotografía, una copia) to take
    13 familiar (aparecer alguien o algo en un medio de comunicación) lo sacaron por la tele, it was on television
    14 familiar (superar a alguien en algo) ha crecido mucho, ya le saca la cabeza a su padre, he's grown a lot o he's already taller than his father
    15 (un jugador una carta o una ficha) to draw
    16 (una mancha) to get out
    17 Cost (de largo) to let down
    (de ancho) to let out
    II vi Dep (en tenis) to serve
    (en fútbol, baloncesto, etc) to kick off
    ♦ Locuciones: sacar a alguien a bailar, to ask sb to dance
    sacar a relucir, to point out
    sacar adelante, to keep going
    sacar en claro o limpio, to make sense of
    sacar la lengua, to stick one's tongue out
    sacar pecho, to thrust one's chest out
    ' sacar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    achicar
    - basura
    - bota
    - brillo
    - cara
    - casilla
    - chupar
    - clara
    - claro
    - colación
    - concurso
    - contrarreloj
    - descargar
    - desorbitar
    - destripar
    - espaldarazo
    - estárter
    - exigible
    - flote
    - fuego
    - invertir
    - jugo
    - liberar
    - listada
    - listado
    - moldear
    - noria
    - pegote
    - penetrar
    - provecho
    - punta
    - quicio
    - relucir
    - sacacorchos
    - sangrar
    - subastar
    - tajada
    - trapo
    - varar
    - ajustar
    - apunte
    - billete
    - carné
    - cuenta
    - desengañar
    - esquina
    - limpio
    - luz
    - músculo
    - nota
    English:
    assign
    - back
    - bail out
    - bash out
    - benefit
    - book
    - bring out
    - capital
    - capitalize
    - carry
    - carry through
    - centre
    - cheese
    - dig out
    - dig up
    - dislodge
    - draw
    - draw out
    - dredge up
    - exercise
    - extricate
    - find
    - float
    - from
    - get out
    - get round to
    - gouge out
    - jam
    - job
    - jump
    - out
    - photograph
    - poke out
    - polish
    - polish up
    - produce
    - profit
    - pull
    - pull out
    - pump out
    - put out
    - reel in
    - release
    - responsible
    - run off
    - scoop
    - scoop out
    - score
    - serve
    - sharpen
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [poner fuera, hacer salir, extraer] to take out;
    [pistola, navaja, espada] to draw; [naipe, ficha] to play; [carbón, oro, petróleo] to extract;
    sacar agua de un pozo to draw water from a well;
    sacó la lengua she stuck her tongue out;
    ¡saca las manos de los bolsillos! take your hands out of your pockets!;
    sacó la mano/la cabeza por la ventanilla he stuck his hand/head out of the window;
    habrá que sacar los zapatos a la terraza we'll have to put our shoes out on the balcony;
    ¿de qué carpeta has sacado estos papeles? which folder did you take these papers out of?;
    ¿cómo lo vamos a sacar de ahí? how are we going to get him out of there?;
    me sacaron de allí/a la calle por la fuerza they threw me out of there/into the street by force;
    sacar a alguien a bailar to ask sb to dance;
    sacar a pasear al perro to walk the dog, to take the dog for a walk;
    nos sacaron algo de comer they gave us something to eat;
    Ven Fam
    2. [quitar] to remove (de from); [manchas] to get out, to remove (de from); [espinas] to get o pull out (de from);
    el dentista me sacó una muela I had a tooth out at the dentist's;
    sacarle sangre a alguien to draw blood from sb;
    RP
    ¿quién me sacó el diccionario? who's taken my dictionary?
    3. [obtener] [carné, certificado, buenas notas] to get;
    [entradas, billetes, pasajes] to get, to buy; [datos, información] to get, to obtain; [premio] to win;
    ¿qué sacaste en el examen de inglés? what did you get for o in your English exam?;
    saqué un ocho I got eight out of ten;
    sacar beneficios (a o [m5] de un negocio) to make a profit (from a business);
    sacar dinero del banco to get o take some money out of the bank;
    ¿de dónde has sacado esa idea? where did you get that idea (from)?;
    lo que sigue está sacado de la Constitución the following is an extract from the Constitution;
    la sidra se saca de las manzanas cider is made from apples;
    de esta pizza no sacas más de seis raciones you won't get more than six portions from this pizza;
    ¿y qué sacamos con reñirle? what do we gain by telling him off?, what's the point in telling him off?;
    ¿y yo qué saco? what's in it for me?
    4. [librar, salvar]
    sacar a alguien de algo to get sb out of sth;
    gracias por sacarme del apuro thanks for getting me out of trouble;
    5.000 pesos no nos van a sacar de pobres 5.000 pesos isn't exactly enough for us never to have to work again
    5. [realizar] [foto] to take;
    [fotocopia] to make; RP [apuntes, notas] to take;
    siempre me sacan fatal en las fotos I always look terrible in photos;
    juntaos, que no os saco a todos move closer together, I can't fit you all in the photo like that
    6. [sonsacar]
    sacar algo a alguien to get sth out of sb;
    no me sacarán nada they won't get anything out of me
    7. [nuevo producto, modelo, libro] to bring out;
    [disco] to release;
    ha sacado un nuevo disco/una nueva novela he has a new record/novel out
    8. [manifestar]
    sacar (a relucir) algo to bring sth up;
    yo no fui el que sacó el tema it wasn't me who brought the matter up in the first place;
    sacó su mal humor a relucir he let his bad temper show
    9. [resolver, encontrar] to do, to work out;
    [crucigrama] to do, to solve;
    sacar la cuenta/la solución to work out the total/the answer;
    sacar la respuesta correcta to get the right answer;
    siempre está sacando defectos a la gente she's always finding fault with people
    10. [deducir] to gather, to understand;
    sacar una conclusión to come to a conclusion;
    sacar algo en consecuencia de algo to conclude o deduce sth from sth;
    lo leí tres veces, pero no saqué nada en claro o [m5] limpio I read it three times, but I couldn't make much sense of it
    11. [aventajar en]
    sacó tres minutos a su rival he was three minutes ahead of his rival;
    mi hijo ya me saca la cabeza my son's already a head taller than me
    12. [en medios de comunicación] to show;
    sacaron imágenes en el telediario they showed pictures on the news;
    sacaron imágenes en el periódico they printed pictures in the newspaper;
    la sacaron en o [m5] por televisión she was on television
    13. Esp [prenda] [de ancho] to let out;
    [de largo] to let down
    14. Am [camisa, zapatos] to take off;
    sácale la ropa al niño get the child undressed
    15. [en deportes] [en tenis, voleibol] to serve;
    sacar un córner/una falta to take a corner/free kick
    16.
    sacar adelante [hijos] to provide for;
    [negocio, proyecto] to make a go of;
    sacó sus estudios adelante she successfully completed her studies;
    no sé cómo vamos a sacar adelante la empresa I don't know how we're going to keep the company going;
    saca adelante a su familia con un mísero salario he supports his family on a miserable salary
    ♦ vi
    [en fútbol, baloncesto, hockey] to put the ball into play; [en tenis, voleibol] to serve;
    sacar de banda/de esquina/de puerta to take a throw-in/corner/goal kick
    * * *
    v/t
    1 take out;
    sacar de paseo take for a walk;
    sacar a alguien a bailar ask s.o. to dance
    2 mancha take out, remove
    3 disco, libro bring out
    4 fotocopias make;
    le sacó bien PINT, FOT that’s a good picture of you
    5 ( conseguir) get;
    sacar información get information;
    ¿de dónde has sacado el dinero? where did you get the money from?;
    sacar un buen sueldo make good money
    6
    :
    sacar a alguien de sí drive s.o. mad;
    sacar algo en claro ( entender) make sense of sth;
    me saca dos años he is two years older than me
    * * *
    sacar {72} vt
    1) : to pull out, to take out
    saca el pollo del congelador: take the chicken out of the freezer
    2) : to get, to obtain
    saqué un 100 en el examen: I got 100 on the exam
    3) : to get out, to extract
    le saqué la información: I got the information from him
    4) : to stick out
    sacar la lengua: to stick out one's tongue
    5) : to bring out, to introduce
    sacar un libro: to publish a book
    sacaron una moda nueva: they introduced a new style
    6) : to take (photos)
    7) : to make (copies)
    sacar vi
    1) : to kick off (in soccer or football)
    2) : to serve (in sports)
    * * *
    sacar vb
    1. (extraer) to take out [pt. took; pp. taken]
    2. (conseguir) to get
    3. (arrancar) to get out
    4. (adquirir) to buy [pt. & pp. bought] / to get
    5. (poner en circulación) to bring out [pt. & pp. brought]
    6. (hacer una foto) to take [pt. took; pp. taken]
    7. (parte del cuerpo) to stick out [pt. & pp. stuck]
    8. (producir) to make
    9. (invitar) to ask
    10. (en tenis) to serve
    12. (aventajar) to get ahead of

    Spanish-English dictionary > sacar

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Beijing Center for Chinese Studies — (also known as TBC), originally The Beijing Center for Language and Culture, was established by Fr. Ron Anton, S.J., Ph.D. in 1998. TBC aims at educating the academic community about China. Currently, it offers programs for undergraduate students …   Wikipedia

  • The Beijing Center for China Studies — The Beijing Center for Chinese Studies (also known as TBC), originally The Beijing Center for Language and Culture, established by Fr. Ron Anton, S.J., Ph.D. in 1998. TBC aims at educating the academic community about China. Currently, it offers… …   Wikipedia

  • The Diamond Age —   …   Wikipedia

  • The Gallican Rite —     The Gallican Rite     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Gallican Rite     This subject will be treated under the following six heads:     I. History and Origin; II. MSS. and Other Sources; III. The Liturgical Year; IV. The Divine Office; V. The… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Vampire Diaries (novel series) — The Vampire Diaries The Vampire Diaries: Return: Midnight The Awakening The Struggle The Fury Dark Reunion The Return: Nightfall The Return: Shadow Souls The Return: Midnight The Hunters: Phantom The Hunters: Moonsong …   Wikipedia

  • Older Americans Act — of 1965 Long title: To provide assistance in the development of new or improved programs to help older persons through grants to the States for community planning and services and for training, through research, development, or training project… …   Wikipedia

  • The Benedictine Order —     The Benedictine Order     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Benedictine Order     The Benedictine Order comprises monks living under the Rule of St. Benedict, and commonly known as black monks . The order will be considered in this article under… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Older Dryas — The Older Dryas was a stadial period between the Bølling and Allerød oscillations during the Pleistocene glacial period of 11,700 12,000 uncalibrated years ago.[1] It is named after an indicator genus, the alpine/tundra plant Dryas, which… …   Wikipedia

  • The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist —     The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Real Presence of Christ in the Eucharist     In this article we shall consider:     ♦ the fact of the Real Presence, which is, indeed, the central dogma;     ♦ the …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Term life insurance — or term assurance is life insurance which provides coverage at a fixed rate of payments for a limited period of time, the relevant term. After that period expires coverage at the previous rate of premiums is no longer guaranteed and the client… …   Wikipedia

  • The Anglo-Saxon Church —     The Anglo Saxon Church     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Anglo Saxon Church     I. ANGLO SAXON OCCUPATION OF BRITAIN     The word Anglo Saxon is used as a collective name for those Teutonic settlers the foundation stock of the English race… …   Catholic encyclopedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»